NORTHEAST PENNSYLVANIA FINANCIAL CORP
10-K405, 1998-12-29
SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS, NOT FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: OAK ASSOCIATES FUNDS, 485APOS, 1998-12-29
Next: COLUMBIA FINANCIAL OF KENTUCKY INC, 10KSB, 1998-12-29




                                    FORM 10-K

                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              WASHINGTON, DC 20549


[X]      ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
         ACT OF 1934

         For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998

[  ]     TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from __________________ to _________________
Commission File Number 1-13793

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     NORTHEAST PENNSYLVANIA FINANCIAL CORP.

             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


DELAWARE                                                              06-1504091

(State or other jurisdiction of                                 (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or organization)                               Identification No.)

12 E. BROAD STREET, HAZLETON, PENNSYLVANIA                            18201-6591

(Address of principal executive offices)                              (Zip Code)


Registrant's telephone number, including area code  (570) 459-3700


Securities registered under Section 12 (b) of the Act:


        Title of each class           Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share           American Stock Exchange



           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                                      NONE



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

Indicate by checkmark if the  disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K [X]

The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  voting  and  non-voting  stock  held  by
non-affiliates  of  the  registrant  i.e.,  persons  other  than  directors  and
executive  officers of the  registrant is $69.7 million and is based on the last
sales price as quoted on the American Stock Exchange for December 28, 1998.

The number of shares of common  stock  outstanding  as of December  28, 1998 was
6,170,256.

(1)  Portions of the Annual Report to Shareholders  for the year ended September
     30, 1998 are  incorporated  by reference  into Part I, Part II, Part III 
     and Part IV of this Form 10-K.

(2)  Portions of the definitive  proxy  statement for the 1999 Annual Meeting of
     Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part I and Part III of this
     Form 10-K.


                                   
<PAGE>


                     NORTHEAST PENNSYLVANIA FINANCIAL CORP.

                                    FORM 10-K

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



Part I                                                                      Page
Item 1           Business                                                   1-13
Item 2           Properties                                                14-15
Item 3           Legal Proceedings                                            15
Item 4           Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders          15

Part II
Item 5           Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
                 Stockholder Matters                                          16
Item 6           Selected Financial Data                                      16
Item 7           Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                 Condition and Results of Operations                          16
Item 7A          Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk    16
Item 8           Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                  16
Item 9           Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
                 Accounting and Financial Disclosure                          16

Part III
Item 10          Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant           17
Item 11          Executive Compensation                                       17
Item 12          Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
                 Management                                                   17
Item 13          Certain Relationships and Related Transactions               17

Part IV
Item 14          Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and
                 Reports on Form 8-K                                       18-19

SIGNATURES                                                                    20



                                   

<PAGE>


                                     Part I
Forward Looking Statements

     In  addition  to  historical  information,  our  10-K may  include  certain
forward-looking  statements  based  on  current  management  expectations.   The
Company's   actual  results  could  differ   materially  from  those  management
expectations.  Factors  that could  cause  future  results to vary from  current
management  expectations  include,  but are not  limited  to,  general  economic
conditions,  legislative and regulatory changes, monetary and fiscal policies of
the  federal  government,  changes  in tax  policies,  rates and  regulation  of
federal,  state and local tax  authorities,  changes in interest rates,  deposit
flows,  the cost of  funds,  demand  for loan  products,  demand  for  financial
services,  competition,  changes in the quality or  composition of the Company's
loan and investment portfolios,  changes in accounting  principles,  policies or
guidelines,  avoidance of any adverse effect as a result of the Year 2000 issue,
and  other  economic,   competitive,   governmental  and  technological  factors
affecting the Company's operations, markets, products, services and prices.

Item 1. Business

General

     Northeast  Pennsylvania  Financial  Corp.  (the  "Company")  is a  Delaware
Corporation  and is the holding  company for First Federal Bank (the "Bank"),  a
federally chartered capital stock savings bank regulated by the Office of Thrift
Supervision  ("OTS").  The  Company's  executive  offices are located at 12 East
Broad Street, Hazleton, Pennsylvania 18201.

     The Bank was  organized in 1935 as a federally  chartered  savings and loan
association.  On  March  31,  1998,  the  Bank's  predecessor  converted  from a
federally  chartered  savings  and loan  association  to a  federally  chartered
capital  stock  savings  bank and  changed its name to First  Federal  Bank (the
"Conversion").  On March 31, 1998, the Company  acquired the Bank as part of the
Conversion. The Bank serves the greater Hazleton area, Mountaintop,  Bloomsburg,
Lehighton,  and all of  Schuylkill  County,  through  ten office  locations.  At
September  30, 1998,  the Bank had total assets of $522.2  million,  deposits of
$324.0 million and stockholder's equity of $87.4 million.

     The  Company's  principal  business has been and continues to be attracting
retail deposits from the general public in the areas  surrounding its 10 banking
offices  and  investing  those  deposits,  together  with funds  generated  from
operations  and  borrowings,  primarily in one- to four-family  mortgage  loans,
consumer loans,  and multi-family  and commercial  loans. The Company  currently
originates, primarily for investment, adjustable-rate and shorter-term (15 years
or less) one- to four-family mortgage loans and longer-term,  fixed-rate one- to
four-family  mortgage  loans.  Since  the  Company  has a policy  to  limit  its
retention of newly originated longer-term,  fixed-rate one- to four-family loans
to 25% of total originations for a fiscal year, periodically the Company has had
to limit its  origination of such loans.  The Company has  implemented a program
for resale in the secondary market of longer-term fixed-rate one- to four-family
mortgage loans originated in excess of its retention limit. Also, the Company is
currently  considering  the origination for sale of subprime one- to four-family
mortgage  loans,  if the  origination of such loans were warranted  under market
conditions.  The Company also originates a variety of consumer loans,  including
home equity loans, home equity lines of credit,  direct and indirect  automobile
loans and education loans, and commercial loans. To a lesser extent, the Company
also originates  multi-family  and commercial real estate loans and construction
loans.  The Company also invests in  mortgage-related  securities and investment
securities,  primarily U.S. government and agency and municipal obligations, and
other permissible investments.

     The Company's revenues are derived  principally from interest on its loans,
and  to  a  lesser  extent,   interest  and  dividends  on  its  investment  and
mortgage-related  securities and other noninterest income. The Company's primary
sources of funds are  deposits,  principal  and  interest  payments on loans and
mortgage-related securities, FHLB advances and proceeds from the sale of loans.

Market Area and Competition

     The Company is a community-oriented  banking institution offering a variety
of  financial  products  and  services to meet the needs of the  communities  it
serves.  The  Company's  lending and deposit  gathering is  concentrated  in its
market area  consisting  of Luzerne,  Carbon,  Columbia,  Monroe and  Schuylkill
counties in  Northeast  Pennsylvania.  The Company  invests  primarily  in loans
secured by first or second mortgages on properties  located in areas surrounding
its offices.

                                     Page 1
<PAGE>

     The Company  maintains its headquarters in Hazleton and three other banking
offices  in Luzerne  County.  The  Company's  four  offices  in Luzerne  County,
including Hazleton, accounted for $169.3 million or 52.2% of the Company's total
deposits at September  30, 1998.  Hazleton is situated  approximately  100 miles
from  Philadelphia  and New York City and  approximately 50 miles from Allentown
and the  Wilkes-Barre/Scranton  area.  The Company  also  maintains  two banking
branch  offices  in  Bloomsburg  (Columbia  County),  one in  Lehighton  (Carbon
County),  and  one  each  in  Frackville,  Pottsville  and  Shenandoah  (all  in
Schuylkill County).  The Company also operates,  separate from its branch office
locations,  a loan production  office in Pocono Pines in Monroe County. A second
loan production office was combined with the Mountaintop branch office which was
opened in January 1998.

     The economy of the greater  Hazleton area is  characterized  by diversified
light  manufacturing and is the site of production  facilities for several major
manufacturers  including Union Camp,  Hershey-Cadbury  Chocolates,  Quebecor and
Hazleton Pumps,  Inc. As a consequence,  the  manufacturing  sector employs more
than one third of the area's work force.  The Hazleton area has excellent access
to major highway  transportation  routes including Interstates 80 and 81 as well
as rail transportation. The population of Luzerne County has remained relatively
static and has one of the oldest  average  ages for all  counties  in the United
States.  The overall population in the Company's market area is relatively small
and, in recent years, has grown slowly, and the unemployment rate in the area is
greater than the national average.

     Monroe County,  the location of the Pocono Pines loan production office, is
dominated by the Pocono Mountains,  making the area one of the Middle-Atlantic's
most popular resort areas. The Pocono Mountains,  with their ski areas and other
recreational  facilities,  draw vacationers primarily from Eastern Pennsylvania,
New Jersey,  Maryland, and New York. The Company established its loan production
office to take  advantage  of the market for  vacation  properties  existing  in
Monroe County as well as to be involved in the growth in the number of permanent
residents relocating into the County.

     The Company faces  significant  competition both in generating loans and in
attracting deposits. The Company's primary market area is highly competitive and
the Bank  faces  direct  competition  from a  significant  number  of  financial
institutions,  many with a state wide or regional presence and, in some cases, a
national presence. Many of these financial institutions are significantly larger
and have greater financial resources than the Company. The Company's competition
for loans comes principally from commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions,
mortgage brokers,  mortgage banking companies and insurance companies.  Its most
direct  competition  for deposits has  historically  come from savings banks and
associations,  commercial banks and credit unions.  In addition,  the Bank faces
increasing competition for deposits from non-bank institutions such as brokerage
firms and insurance  companies in such  instruments  as short-term  money market
funds,  corporate and government  securities funds,  mutual funds and annuities.
Competition  may also increase as a result of the lifting of restrictions on the
interstate operations of financial institutions.

     In addition,  the Company  recognizes  that its customer base  increasingly
focuses on convenience  and access to services.  The Company has addressed these
customer  desires recently  through the  implementation  of PC banking and voice
response  capabilities,  a computerized loan origination and document system and
the  issuance of debit  cards.  The Company  intends to continue to evaluate and
enhance its service delivery system.

LENDING ACTIVITIES

     Origination and Sale of Loans. The Bank's mortgage  lending  activities are
conducted  primarily by its loan  personnel  operating at its branch offices and
loan  origination  office.  All loans  originated  by the Bank are  underwritten
pursuant to the Bank's  policies and  procedures.  For fiscal 1998 and 1997, the
Bank originated $91.9 million and $72.1 million in loans, respectively. The Bank
originates both  adjustable-rate  and longer-term  and  shorter-term  fixed-rate
loans.  The  Bank's  ability to  originate  fixed- or  adjustable-rate  loans is
dependent upon the relative customer demand for such loans, which is affected by
the current and expected future level of interest rates.

                                     Page 2
<PAGE>

     In recent  years,  all real estate loans  originated  by the Bank have been
originated for  investment,  although,  in the past, the Bank has sold loans. It
currently  is the  policy  of the  Bank to  retain  for  investment  longer-term
(greater than 15 years to maturity at date of  origination)  fixed-rate  one- to
four- family loans  originated  during a fiscal year only up to 25% of its total
loan originations during that year. In addition,  the Bank generally retains the
adjustable  rate and  shorter-term  (maturities of 15 years or less)  fixed-rate
loans  originated.  In recent years,  the Bank has not sold loans and has had to
limit its  solicitation  of  longer-term  one-to  four-family  loans to meet its
retention  policy  regarding  such  loans.  However  in January  1998,  the Bank
implemented  a  program  to sell  longer-term  fixed-rate  one-  to  four-family
mortgage loans in the secondary market.

     During fiscal years 1998 and 1997,  the Bank  originated  $19.8 million and
$17.7 million, respectively, of one- to four-family mortgage loans. In addition,
during fiscal years 1998 and 1997, the Bank  originated  $12.0 million and $14.2
million,  respectively,  of  construction  loans.  Approximately  100%  of  such
construction loans were for owner financing of single family properties,  which,
upon completion of the construction phase,  generally would convert to permanent
financing.   Also,   the  Bank   originated   $6.5  million  and  $2.1  million,
respectively,  of  multi-family  and commercial  real estate loans during fiscal
1998 and 1997.

     Also, during fiscal 1998 and 1997, respectively,  the Bank originated $48.0
million and $30.8  million of consumer  loans,  consisting  of $26.7 million and
$13.6  million,  respectively,  of home  equity  loans,  $2.8  million  and $3.1
million,  respectively,  of home equity lines of credit,  $13.3 million and $8.9
million, respectively, of direct and indirect automobile loans, $1.7 million and
$1.7  million,  respectively,  of  education  loans,  and $3.5  million and $3.5
million,  respectively,  of other consumer  loans.  The automobile loan increase
during  fiscal 1998 includes the purchase of $6.5 million of indirect auto loans
from a local financial institution.

     In addition, during fiscal 1998 and 1997, respectively, the Bank originated
$5.6 million and $7.4 million of commercial loans. These originations  consisted
primarily of commercial business and municipal loans.

                                     Page 3

<PAGE>


The following table sets forth the Bank's loan  originations,  purchases,  sales
and principal repayments for the periods indicated:

                                         For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
                                                    1998       1997        1996
                                                          (In Thousands)

Loans at beginning of period                     $268,972   $250,142   $219,633
   Originations:
      Real estate:
         One- to four-family                       19,790     17,698     24,355
         Multi-family and commercial                6,513      2,055      1,588
         Construction                              11,965     14,151     12,238
                                                  -------     ------     ------
            Total real estate loans                38,268     33,904     38,181

      Consumer:
         Home equity loans and lines of credit     29,512     16,710     17,464
         Automobile                                13,274      8,912      8,107
         Education                                  1,743      1,658      1,727
         Unsecured lines of credit                    741        837        711
         Other                                      2,761      2,671      2,361
                                                  -------     ------     ------
            Total consumer loans                   48,031     30,788     30,370
      Commercial                                    5,602      7,426      6,614
                                                  -------     ------     ------
            Total loans originated                 91,901     72,118     75,165
                                                  -------     ------     ------

Deduct:
   Principal loan repayments and prepayments       61,722     51,298     42,619
      Loan sales                                    8,365      1,789      1,534
      Transfers to REO                                222        201        503
                                                  -------     ------     ------
            Sub-total                              70,309     53,288     44,656
                                                  -------     ------     ------
Net loan activity                                  21,592     18,830     30,509
                                                  -------    -------    -------
      Loans at end of period (1)                 $290,564   $268,972   $250,142
                                                  =======    =======    =======

(1)  Loans at end of period  include  loans in  process  of  $4,005,  $4,734 and
     $5,077 for fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

     One- to  Four-Family  Mortgage  Lending.  The Bank  currently  offers  both
fixed-rate and  adjustable-rate  mortgage ("ARM") loans with maturities of up to
30 years secured by one- to four-family residences. One- to four-family mortgage
loan  originations  are  generally   obtained  from  the  Bank's  in-house  loan
representatives,  from existing or past  customers,  and through  referrals from
members of the Bank's local communities.

     The origination of adjustable-rate mortgage loans, as opposed to fixed-rate
residential  mortgage  loans,  helps reduce the Bank's  exposure to increases in
interest rates.  However,  adjustable-rate loans generally pose credit risks not
inherent in fixed-rate  loans,  primarily  because as interest  rates rise,  the
underlying  payments of the borrower rise,  thereby increasing the potential for
default.  Periodic and lifetime caps on interest rate  increases  help to reduce
the  credit  risks  associated  with  adjustable-rate  loans but also  limit the
interest rate sensitivity of such loans.

     Most one- to four-family mortgage loans are underwritten  according to FNMA
and FHLMC guidelines.  However,  the Bank is evaluating whether to offer one- to
four-family  mortgage  loans to  borrowers  whose  credit  does not  fully  meet
established FNMA or FHLMC standards,  for example, income to debt ratios for the
borrower  ("subprime  loans").  Mortgage loans  originated by the Bank generally
include due-on-sale clauses which provide the Bank with the contractual right to
deem the loan  immediately  due and payable in the event the borrower  transfers
ownership of the property without the Bank's consent. Due-on-sale clauses are an
important means of adjusting the yields on the Bank's  fixed-rate  mortgage loan
portfolio and the Bank has generally  exercised its rights under these  clauses.
The Bank requires fire,  casualty,  title and, in certain cases, flood insurance
on all properties securing real estate loans made by the Bank.

                                     Page 4
<PAGE>

     Multi-family  and  Commercial  Real  Estate  Lending.  The Bank  originates
fixed-rate and  adjustable-rate  multi-family  and commercial  real estate loans
that  generally  are  secured by  properties  used for  business  purposes  or a
combination of residential and retail purposes.

     Pursuant to the Bank's  underwriting  policies a multi-family  mortgage and
commercial  real  estate loan may be made in an amount up to 80% of the lower of
the  appraised  value  or sales  price of the  underlying  property  with  terms
generally ranging from 15 to 25 years.

     The factors considered by the Bank in granting these loans include: the net
operating income of the mortgaged premises before debt service and depreciation;
the debt  coverage  ratio (the ratio of net earnings to debt  service);  and the
ratio of loan amount to appraised  value.  The Bank has generally  required that
the properties  securing commercial real estate loans have debt service coverage
ratios of at least 125%.

     Construction Lending. The Bank also offers residential  construction loans.
Such loans  primarily have been for presold one- to  four-family  residences for
the construction phase and convert into permanent financing.  The Bank generates
residential  construction  loans  primarily  through  direct  contact  with  the
borrower or home  builders,  and these loans involve  properties  located in the
Bank's   market  area.   Such  loans   require  that  the  Bank  review   plans,
specifications  and cost  estimates and that the contractor be known to the Bank
to be reputable.  The amount of construction  advances to be made, together with
the sum of previous  disbursements,  may not exceed the percentage of completion
of the construction. The maximum loan-to-value limit applicable to such loans is
80%.

     Consumer Lending.  The Bank offers consumer loans which include home equity
loans,  home  equity  lines of credit,  direct and  indirect  automobile  loans,
education  loans and other  consumer  loans.  The Bank's home  equity  loans are
generated primarily through the Bank's retail offices. The Bank generally offers
home equity  loans with a term of 180 months or less.  The Bank also offers home
equity  lines of credit  with  terms up to 20 years,  the last 10 years of which
require full amortization of the principal balance.  The maximum loan amount for
both home equity  loans and home equity lines of credit is subject to a combined
loans-to-value ratio of 80%.

     The Bank also  offers  automobile  loans,  both on a direct and an indirect
basis  (through new and used car  dealers).  The indirect  automobile  loans are
originated by dealers in accordance with underwriting standards  pre-established
by the  Bank  and are  serviced  by the  Bank.  The Bank  also  offers  loans on
recreational  vehicles and boats and other  consumer loans  including  education
loans which are federally  guaranteed  and originated  under  regulations of the
Pennsylvania  Higher Education  Assistance  Agency,  deposit-secured  loans, and
other personal and unsecured  loans.  The Bank's policy is to sell its education
loans once the borrower has left school to Sallie Mae with servicing released.

     Commercial  Lending.  The Bank makes commercial business loans primarily in
its market area to a variety of professionals,  sole  proprietorships  and small
businesses. The Bank offers a variety of commercial lending products,  including
term loans for fixed  assets and  working  capital,  revolving  lines of credit,
letters of credit, and Small Business Administration  guaranteed loans. Interest
rates charged  generally  float based on the prime rate as published in the Wall
Street  Journal.  Prior to making  commercial  business  loans,  the borrower is
required to provide the Bank with sufficient information to allow a prudent loan
decision to be made. Such information  generally includes  financial  statements
and projected cash flows,  and is reviewed to evaluate debt service  capability.
Commercial  business  loans are  generally  secured by a variety of  collateral,
primarily real estate, and frequently are supported by personal  guarantees.  In
addition,  the Bank actively  participates in industrial  loans arranged through
and with the Greater  Wilkes-Barre  Industrial  Fund and CanDo,  Inc. a Hazleton
area industrial fund.

     Loan Approval Procedures and Authority.  The Board of Directors establishes
the lending  policies and the levels of loan  approvals of the Bank and oversees
the Bank's  lending  activity.  The Board of Directors  has  established  a Loan
Committee comprised of the Bank's Chairman of the Board of Directors, President,
Senior Vice President Lending, Senior Vice President Chief Financial Officer and
at least one outside director.

     Non-performing Assets,  Impaired Loans, Real Estate Owned and Allowance for
Loan  Losses.  The  information  relating to the Bank's  non-performing  assets,
impaired loans, real estate owned and allowance for loan losses appears on pages
18, 19 and 20 of the  Registrant's  1998 Annual  Report to  Shareholders  and is
incorporated herein by reference.

                                     Page 5
<PAGE>


Investment Activities

     The above captioned  information appears in "Investment  Activities" in the
Registrant's  1998  Annual  Report  to  Shareholders  on  pages 16 and 17 and is
incorporated herein by reference.

Source of Funds

     Information  relating  generally  to  the  Bank's  source  of  funds  and a
description  of the Bank's  deposits  appears  under  "Sources  of Funds" in the
Registrant's  1998  Annual  Report  to  Shareholders  on  pages 20 and 21 and is
incorporated herein by reference.

     Borrowings.  The Bank  utilizes  advances from the FHLB of Pittsburgh as an
alternative  to retail  deposits to fund its operations as part of its operating
strategy.  These FHLB  advances are  collateralized  primarily by certain of the
Bank's  mortgage loans and  mortgage-related  securities and  secondarily by the
Bank's investment in capital stock of the FHLB of Pittsburgh.  FHLB advances are
made pursuant to several  different credit  programs,  each of which has its own
interest  rate and range of  maturities.  The  maximum  amount  that the FHLB of
Pittsburgh will advance to member institutions,  including the Bank,  fluctuates
from time to time in accordance with the policies of the FHLB of Pittsburgh. See
"Regulation--Federal Home Loan Bank System." At September 30, 1998, the Bank had
$106.5  million in  outstanding  FHLB  advances,  compared  to $23.5  million at
September 30, 1997.  Other  borrowings  consist of overnight  retail  repurchase
agreements and for the periods presented were immaterial.

     The  following  table sets forth certain  information  regarding the Bank's
borrowed funds at or for the periods ended on the dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       At or For the Fiscal Year Ended
                                                                 September 30,
                                                 ------------------------------------------
                                                        1998         1997       1996
                                                            (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>

FHLB advances and other borrowings:
   Average balance outstanding                         $52,531     $27,294     $14,971
   Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end
    during the period                                  107,323      42,191      25,534
   Balance outstanding at end of period                107,323      23,608      25,534
   Weighted average interest rate during the period       5.43%       5.48%       5.23%
   Weighted average interest rate at end of period        5.31%       5.50%       5.38%
</TABLE>

Subsidiary Activities

     The Company has two wholly-owned subsidiaries: the Bank, incorporated under
the  laws of the  United  States,  and  Abstractors,  Inc.,  incorporated  under
Pennsylvania law. FIDACO,  Inc. is an inactive  subsidiary of First Federal Bank
with the only major  asset  being an  investment  by FIADCO,  Inc.  in  Hazleton
Community  Development  Corporation.  At  September  30,  1998,  total assets of
FIDACO,  Inc were $30,000.  Abstractors,  Inc. is a title insurance  agency with
total assets of $132,000 at September 30, 1998.

Personnel

     As of September  30, 1998,  the Company had 129 full-time and 23 authorized
part-time  employees,  none of whom  were  covered  by a  collective  bargaining
agreement.  Management  believes  that the Company has good  relations  with its
employees  and  there are no  pending  or  threatened  labor  disputes  with its
employees.

Regulation and Supervision

     The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by
the OTS, as its chartering agency, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
(the "FDIC"),  as the deposit insurer.  The Bank is a member of the Federal Home
Loan Bank  ("FHLB")  System.  The  Bank's  deposit  accounts  are  insured up to
applicable limits by the Savings Association  Insurance Fund ("SAIF") managed by
the FDIC.  The Bank must file reports with the OTS and the FDIC  concerning  its
activities and financial condition in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals
prior  to  entering  into  certain   transactions   such  as  mergers  with,  or
acquisitions of, other financial institutions. There are periodic examinations

                                     Page 6
<PAGE>

by the OTS and the FDIC to test the Bank's  compliance  with various  regulatory
requirements.  This  regulation  and  supervision  establishes  a  comprehensive
framework  of  activities  in which an  institution  can engage and is  intended
primarily  for  the  protection  of  the  insurance  fund  and  depositors.  The
regulatory structure also gives the regulatory  authorities extensive discretion
in connection with their supervisory and enforcement  activities and examination
policies,  including  policies with respect to the  classification of assets and
the  establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory  purposes.  Any
change in such  policies,  whether by the OTS, the FDIC or the  Congress,  could
have a material adverse impact on the Company, the Bank and their operations.

     Certain of the  regulatory  requirements  applicable to the Bank and to the
Company are referred to below or elsewhere herein.  The description of statutory
provisions and regulations  applicable to savings associations set forth in this
form 10-K do not  purport  to be  complete  descriptions  of such  statutes  and
regulations  and their  effects on the Bank and the Company is  qualified in its
entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations.


                                     Page 7


<PAGE>


Federal Savings Institution Regulation

     Business  Activities.  The activities of federal savings  institutions  are
governed by the Home  Owners'  Loan Act, as amended (the "HOLA") and, in certain
respects,  the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act ("FDI Act") and the  regulations
issued by the agencies to implement these  statutes.  These laws and regulations
delineate the nature and extent of the activities in which federal  associations
may  engage.  In  particular,  many  types  of  lending  authority  for  federal
associations, e.g., commercial, non-residential real property loans and consumer
loans,  are limited to a specified  percentage of the  institution's  capital or
assets.

     Loans-to-One  Borrower.  Under the HOLA, savings institutions are generally
subject to the national bank limit on  loans-to-one  borrower.  Generally,  this
limit is 15% of the Bank's  unimpaired  capital and surplus,  plus an additional
10%  of   unimpaired   capital  and   surplus,   if  such  loan  is  secured  by
readily-marketable  collateral,  which is defined to include  certain  financial
instruments  and bullion.  At September  30, 1998,  the Bank's  general limit on
loans-to-one borrower was $9.0 million.

     QTL Test. The HOLA requires savings institutions to meet a qualified thrift
lending ("QTL") test.  Under the QTL test, a savings  association is required to
maintain  at  least  65% of its  "portfolio  assets"  (total  assets  less:  (i)
specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets;  (ii) intangibles,  including
goodwill;  and (iii) the value of property used to conduct  business) in certain
"qualified  thrift  investments"  (primarily  residential  mortgages and related
investments,  including certain  mortgage-backed  and related  securities) in at
least 9 months out of each 12-month period. A savings association that fails the
QTL test  must  either  convert  to a bank  charter  or  operate  under  certain
restrictions.  As of  September  30,  1998,  the Bank  maintained  86.89% of its
portfolio assets in qualified thrift  investments  and,  therefore,  met the QTL
test.  Recent  legislation  has  expanded the extent to which  education  loans,
credit  card loans and small  business  loans may be  considered  as  "qualified
thrift investments."

     Limitation on Capital  Distributions.  OTS regulations  impose  limitations
upon all capital distributions by a savings institution, such as cash dividends,
payments to repurchase or otherwise acquire its shares, payments to shareholders
of another  institution  in a cash-out  merger and other  distributions  charged
against  capital.  The rule establishes  three tiers of institutions,  which are
based primarily on an  institution's  capital level. An institution that exceeds
all fully phased-in  regulatory capital requirements before and after a proposed
capital distribution ("Tier 1 Bank") and has not been advised by the OTS that it
is in need of more than normal  supervision,  could,  after prior notice to, but
without the approval of the OTS,  make capital  distributions  during a calendar
year equal to the  greater  of: (i) 100% of its net  earnings to date during the
calendar year plus the amount that would reduce by one-half its "surplus capital
ratio" (the excess capital over its fully phased-in capital requirements) at the
beginning of the calendar year; or (ii) 75% of its net earnings for the previous
four quarters.  Any  additional  capital  distributions  would require prior OTS
approval. In the event the Bank's capital fell below its capital requirements or
the OTS  notified  it that it was in need of more than normal  supervision,  the
Bank's ability to make capital  distributions could be restricted.  In addition,
the OTS could prohibit a proposed capital distribution by any institution, which
would otherwise be permitted by the regulation,  if the OTS determines that such
distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.

     Liquidity.  The Bank is required to  maintain an average  daily  balance of
specified  liquid assets equal to a monthly average of not less than a specified
percentage  (currently  4%)  of  its  net  withdrawable  deposit  accounts  plus
short-term  borrowings.  Monetary  penalties  may be imposed for failure to meet
these liquidity  requirements.  The Bank's average liquidity ratio for the three
months  ended  September  30, 1998 was 18.70%,  which  exceeded  the  applicable
requirements.  The Bank has never been subject to monetary penalties for failure
to meet its liquidity requirements.

     Assessments.  Savings  institutions  are  required  by  regulation  to  pay
assessments to the OTS to fund the agency's operations.  The general assessment,
paid on a  semi-annual  basis,  is based upon the  savings  institution's  total
assets,  including consolidated  subsidiaries,  as reported in the Bank's latest
quarterly Thrift Financial Report. The assessments paid by the Bank for the year
ended September 30, 1998 totaled $94,000.

     Branching. OTS regulations permit federally-chartered  savings associations
to branch  nationwide  under  certain  conditions.  Generally,  federal  savings

                                    Page 8
<PAGE>

associations  may establish  interstate  networks and  geographically  diversify
their loan  portfolios  and lines of business.  The OTS  authority  preempts any
state law purporting to regulate branching by federal savings associations.

     Transactions  with  Related  Parties.  The  Bank's  authority  to engage in
transactions  with  related  parties or  "affiliates"  (i.e.,  any company  that
controls or is under common control with an  institution,  including the Company
and any non-savings institution  subsidiaries that the Company may establish) is
limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act ("FRA").  Section 23A
restricts  the  aggregate  amount of covered  transactions  with any  individual
affiliate to 10% of the capital and surplus of the savings  institution and also
limits the aggregate  amount of  transactions  with all affiliates to 20% of the
savings institution's capital and surplus.  Certain transactions with affiliates
are required to be secured by collateral in an amount and of a type described in
Section 23A and the purchase of low quality assets from  affiliates is generally
prohibited.  Section 23B  generally  requires  that  certain  transactions  with
affiliates,  including  loans  and asset  purchases,  must be on terms and under
circumstances, including credit standards, that are substantially the same or at
least  as  favorable  to the  institution  as those  prevailing  at the time for
comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies.

     Enforcement.   Under  the  FDI  Act,   the  OTS  has  primary   enforcement
responsibility  over savings  institutions and has the authority to bring action
against all  "institution-affiliated  parties," including stockholders,  and any
attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in
wrongful  action  likely to have an adverse  effect on an  insured  institution.
Formal  enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or
cease and desist  order to  removal  of  officers  or  directors,  receivership,
conservatorship  or termination of deposit  insurance.  Civil  penalties cover a
wide range of  violations  and can amount to $25,000  per day, or $1 million per
day in especially egregious cases. Under the FDI Act, the FDIC has the authority
to recommend to the  Director of the OTS that  enforcement  action be taken with
respect  to a  particular  savings  institution.  If  action is not taken by the
Director,   the  FDIC  has   authority  to  take  such  action   under   certain
circumstances.  Federal and state law also  establishes  criminal  penalties for
certain violations.

     Standards  for Safety and  Soundness.  The FDI Act  requires  each  federal
banking agency to prescribe for all insured  depository  institutions  standards
relating to, among other  things,  internal  controls,  information  systems and
audit  systems,  loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest rate risk
exposure,  asset  growth,  and  compensation,  fees and  benefits and such other
operational  and  managerial  standards  as the agency  deems  appropriate.  The
federal  banking  agencies  have  adopted  final   regulations  and  Interagency
Guidelines  Establishing  Standards for Safety and Soundness  ("Guidelines")  to
implement  these safety and soundness  standards.  The  Guidelines set forth the
safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify
and address problems at insured depository  institutions  before capital becomes
impaired.  The Guidelines  address  internal  controls and information  systems;
internal audit system;  credit underwriting;  loan documentation;  interest rate
risk exposure; asset growth; asset quality; earnings; and compensation, fees and
benefits.  Most recently,  the agencies have adopted Guidelines  concerning Year
2000 computer  compliance.  If the appropriate federal banking agency determines
that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the Guidelines, the
agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to
achieve compliance with the standard, as required by the FDI Act.

     Capital   Requirements.   The  OTS  capital   regulations  require  savings
institutions to meet three capital standards:  a 1.5% tangible capital standard,
a 3% leverage (core capital) ratio and an 8% risk based capital  standard.  Core
capital is defined as common stockholder's equity (including retained earnings),
certain non-cumulative  perpetual preferred stock and related surplus,  minority
interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries less intangibles other
than certain mortgage  servicing rights and credit card  relationships.  The OTS
regulations require that, in meeting the leverage ratio, tangible and risk-based
capital standards institutions generally must deduct investments in and loans to
subsidiaries  engaged in  activities  not  permissible  for a national  bank. In
addition,  the OTS prompt corrective  action regulation  provides that a savings
institution  that  has a  leverage  capital  ratio  of  less  than  4%  (3%  for
institutions  receiving the highest CAMEL examination  rating) will be deemed to
be "undercapitalized" and may be subject to certain restrictions.

     The  risk-based  capital  standard  for savings  institutions  requires the
maintenance of total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary
capital)  to   risk-weighted   assets  of  8%.  In  determining  the  amount  of
risk-weighted  assets, all assets,  including certain  off-balance sheet assets,
are  multiplied by a  risk-weight  of 0% to 100%, as assigned by the OTS capital
regulation  based on the risks OTS  believes  are inherent in the type of asset.
The components of core capital are equivalent to those  discussed  earlier under
the 3% leverage  standard.  The components of  supplementary  capital  currently
include  cumulative  preferred  stock,   long-term  perpetual  preferred  stock,
mandatory convertible  securities,  subordinated debt and intermediate preferred
stock and,  within  specified  limits,  the allowance for loan and lease losses.
Overall,  the amount of supplementary  capital included as part of total capital
cannot exceed 100% of core capital.
                                     Page 9
<PAGE>

     The OTS has adopted an interest  rate risk  component  into its  regulatory
capital requirements; however, the OTS has postponed indefinitely any adjustment
to capital which would be required by such interest rate risk component. The OTS
interest  rate risk rule as written  would also  adjust the  risk-weighting  for
certain  mortgage  derivative  securities.  Under the rule as  written,  savings
associations with "above normal" interest rate risk exposure would be subject to
a deduction  from total  capital for purposes of  calculating  their  risk-based
capital  requirements.  A savings  association's  interest  rate  risk  would be
measured  by the decline in the net  portfolio  value of its assets  (i.e.,  the
difference  between  incoming  and outgoing  discounted  cash flows from assets,
liabilities  and  off-balance   sheet   contracts)  that  would  result  from  a
hypothetical  200-basis  point  increase or decrease  in market  interest  rates
divided by the estimated  economic value of the Bank's assets,  as calculated in
accordance  with  guidelines set forth by the OTS. A savings  association  whose
measured  interest rate risk exposure  exceeds 2% would be required to deduct an
interest  rate  component  in  calculating  its total  risk-based  capital.  The
interest  rate  risk  component  would be an  amount  equal to  one-half  of the
difference  between  the  institution's  measured  interest  rate  risk  and 2%,
multiplied by the estimated  economic  value of the Bank's  assets.  That dollar
amount would be deducted  from an  association's  total  capital in  calculating
compliance with its risk-based capital  requirement.  Under the rule as written,
there is a two  quarter  lag  between  the  reporting  date of an  institution's
financial data and the effective date for the new capital  requirement  based on
that data.  A savings  association  with  assets of less than $300  million  and
risk-based  capital ratios in excess of 12% would not be subject to the interest
rate risk component, unless the OTS determined otherwise. The rule also provides
that the Director of the OTS may waive or defer an  association's  interest rate
risk  component on a  case-by-case  basis.  No prediction  can be made when such
interest rate risk component requirement will be implemented, or if it ever will
be implemented.

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action

     Under the OTS prompt corrective action regulations,  the OTS is required to
take certain  supervisory  actions against  undercapitalized  institutions,  the
severity  of which  depends  upon the  institution's  degree of  capitalization.
Generally,  a savings  institution that has a total  risk-based  capital of less
than 8% or a  leverage  ratio or a Tier 1 capital  ratio that is less than 4% is
considered  to be  undercapitalized.  A  savings  institution  that  has a total
risk-based  capital less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than
3.0% or a leverage ratio that is less than 3% is considered to be "significantly
undercapitalized"  and a savings  institution  that has a  tangible  capital  to
assets   ratio   equal  to  or  less  than  2%  is  deemed  to  be   "critically
undercapitalized."  Subject to a narrow  exception,  the  Banking  regulator  is
required  to  appoint a  receiver  or  conservator  for an  institution  that is
critically  undercapitalized.  The  regulation  also  provides  that  a  capital
restoration  plan  must be  filed  with  the OTS  within  45 days of the date an
association  receives  notice  that  it  is  "undercapitalized,"  "significantly
undercapitalized"  or "critically  undercapitalized."  Compliance  with the plan
must  be  guaranteed  by any  parent  holding  company.  In  addition,  numerous
mandatory   supervisory  actions  may  become  immediately   applicable  to  the
institution  depending  upon  its  category,  including,  but  not  limited  to,
increased  monitoring  by  regulators,   restrictions  on  growth,  and  capital
distributions and limitations on expansion. The OTS could also take any one of a
number of discretionary supervisory actions, including the issuance of a capital
directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.

Insurance of Deposit Accounts

     The FDIC has adopted a risk-based  insurance  assessment  system.  The FDIC
assigns  an  institution  to  one  of  three  capital  categories  based  on the
institution's  financial  information,  as of the reporting  period ending seven
months before the assessment  period,  consisting of (1) well  capitalized,  (2)
adequately  capitalized or (3)  undercapitalized,  and one of three  supervisory
subcategories  within each capital group.  The supervisory  subgroup to which an
institution  is assigned is based on a  supervisory  evaluation  provided to the
FDIC by the  institution's  primary federal  regulator and information which the
FDIC determines to be relevant to the institution's  financial condition and the
risk posed to the deposit  insurance  funds.  An  institution's  assessment rate
depends  on the  capital  category  and  supervisory  category  to  which  it is
assigned.  Assessment rates for SAIF member institutions  currently range from 0
basis points to 27 basis points.  The FDIC is authorized to raise the assessment
rates in certain  circumstances.  The FDIC has exercised this authority  several
times in the past and may raise insurance premiums in the future. If such action
is taken by the FDIC,  it could have an adverse  effect on the  earnings  of the
Bank. The Bank's  assessment  rate for the years ended  September 30, 1998, 1997
and 1996 was .058%, .064% and .23% of assessable deposits.

                                    Page 10
<PAGE>

     Under the FDI Act, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon
a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in
an unsafe or unsound  condition  to  continue  operations  or has  violated  any
applicable law, regulation,  rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the
OTS.  The  management  of the Bank does not know of any  practice,  condition or
violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

     The Bank is a member of the FHLB  System,  which  consists  of 12  regional
FHLBs.  The FHLB  provides  a  central  credit  facility  primarily  for  member
institutions. The Bank, as a member of the FHLB, is required to acquire and hold
shares of  capital  stock in the FHLB in an  amount at least  equal to 1% of the
aggregate principal amount of its unpaid residential  mortgage loans and similar
obligations at the beginning of each year, or 1/20 of its advances  (borrowings)
from the  FHLB,  whichever  is  greater.  The Bank was in  compliance  with this
requirement  with an  investment  in FHLB stock at  September  30,  1998 of $5.3
million.  FHLB advances must be secured by specified types of collateral and all
long-term  advances may only be obtained for the purpose of providing  funds for
residential  housing finance. At September 30, 1998, the Bank had $106.5 million
in FHLB advances.

     The FHLBs are  required to provide  funds for the  resolution  of insolvent
thrifts  and  to  contribute  funds  for  affordable  housing  programs.   These
requirements  could reduce the amount of  dividends  that the FHLBs pay to their
members and could also result in the FHLBs imposing a higher rate of interest on
advances to their  members.  For the years ended  September  30, 1998,  1997 and
1996,  dividends from the FHLB to the Bank amounted to  approximately  $190,000,
$127,000 and $121,000,  respectively.  If dividends were reduced, the Bank's net
interest income would likely also be reduced. Further, there can be no assurance
that the impact of recent or future legislation on the FHLBs will not also cause
a decrease in the value of the FHLB stock held by the Bank.

Federal Reserve System

     The Federal  Reserve Board  regulations  require  savings  institutions  to
maintain  non-interest-earning  reserves against their transaction accounts. The
Federal Reserve Board regulations  generally require that reserves be maintained
against  aggregate  transaction  accounts as follows:  for accounts  aggregating
$46.5 million or less (subject to adjustment by the Federal  Reserve  Board) the
reserve  requirement  is 3%; and for accounts  greater than $46.5  million,  the
reserve  requirement  is $1.4  million plus 10%  (subject to  adjustment  by the
Federal  Reserve  Board  between  8% and  14%)  against  that  portion  of total
transaction  accounts  in excess of $46.5  million.  The first  $4.9  million of
otherwise  reservable  balances  (subject to adjustment  by the Federal  Reserve
Board) are exempted  from the reserve  requirements.  The Bank is in  compliance
with the foregoing requirements. Because required reserves must be maintained in
the form of either  vault  cash,  a  non-interest-bearing  account  at a Federal
Reserve Bank or a pass-through  account as defined by the Federal Reserve Board,
the effect of this reserve requirement is to reduce the Bank's  interest-earning
assets.  FHLB  System  members  are also  authorized  to borrow from the Federal
Reserve  "discount  window,"  but  Federal  Reserve  Board  regulations  require
institutions to exhaust all FHLB sources before borrowing from a Federal Reserve
Bank.

Holding Company Regulation

     The Company is a  non-diversified  unitary savings and loan holding company
within  the  meaning  of the  HOLA.  As such,  the  Company  is  subject  to OTS
regulations,  examinations, supervision and reporting requirements. In addition,
the  OTS  has  enforcement  authority  over  the  Company  and  its  non-savings
institution subsidiaries.  Among other things, this authority permits the OTS to
restrict or prohibit  activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the
subsidiary  savings  institution.  The Bank must  notify the OTS 30 days  before
declaring any dividend to the Company.

                                    Page 11
<PAGE>


     As a  unitary  savings  and  loan  holding  company,  the  Company  is  not
restricted  under existing laws as to the types of business  activities in which
it  may  engage,  provided  that  the  Bank  continues  to be a  QTL.  Upon  any
non-supervisory  acquisition by the Company of another savings association,  the
Company  would  become a  multiple  savings  and loan  holding  company  (if the
acquired  institution is held as a separate  subsidiary) and would be subject to
extensive  limitations  on the types of  business  activities  in which it could
engage.  The HOLA limits the  activities of a multiple  savings and loan holding
company and its  non-insured  institution  subsidiaries  primarily to activities
permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding
Company  Act, as amended (the "BHC Act"),  subject to the prior  approval of the
OTS, and to other activities  authorized by OTS regulation.  Legislation adopted
by the House of  Representatives  in 1998, would have subjected  unitary savings
and loan holding companies to the activities restrictions applicable to multiple
savings and loan  holding  companies,  subject to certain  grandfathering.  That
legislation did not pass the Senate.

     The  HOLA  prohibits  a  savings  and loan  holding  company,  directly  or
indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries,  from acquiring more than 5% of
the voting stock of another savings  institution,  or holding  company  thereof,
without prior written approval of the OTS and from acquiring or retaining,  with
certain exceptions,  more than 5% of a non-subsidiary holding company or savings
association.  The HOLA also  prohibits a savings and loan  holding  company from
acquiring  more than 5% of a company  engaged  in  activities  other  than those
authorized  for savings and loan holding  companies by the HOLA; or acquiring or
retaining  control of a depository  institution that is not insured by the FDIC.
In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions,
the OTS  must  consider  the  financial  and  managerial  resources  and  future
prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition
on the risk to the insurance  funds,  the convenience and needs of the community
and competitive factors.

     The OTS is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a
multiple savings and loan holding company  controlling  savings  institutions in
more  than  one  state,  except:  (i) the  approval  of  interstate  supervisory
acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies,  and (ii) the acquisition of
a savings  institution  in another  state if the laws of the state of the target
savings institution  specifically  permit such acquisitions.  The states vary in
the extent to which they  permit  interstate  savings and loan  holding  company
acquisitions.

                                    Page 12




<PAGE>


FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION

Federal Taxation

     General.  The Company and the Bank will report  their income on a September
30 fiscal year basis using the accrual  method of accounting and will be subject
to federal income  taxation in the same manner as other  corporations  with some
exceptions,  including  particularly  the Bank's reserve for bad debts discussed
below. The following discussion of tax matters is intended only as a summary and
does not purport to be a comprehensive  description of the tax rules  applicable
to the Bank or the Company. The Bank has not been audited by the IRS in the past
five years.

     Bad Debt Reserve. Historically, savings institutions such as the Bank which
met certain  definitional tests primarily related to their assets and the nature
of their business  ("qualifying  thrifts") were permitted to establish a reserve
for bad debts and to make annual additions thereto, which may have been deducted
in arriving at their  taxable  income.  The Bank's  deductions  with  respect to
"qualifying  real property  loans," which are generally loans secured by certain
interest in real  property,  were  computed  using an amount based on the Bank's
actual  loss  experience,  or a  percentage  equal to 8% of the  Bank's  taxable
income,  computed  with certain  modifications  and reduced by the amount of any
permitted  addition  to the  non-qualifying  reserve.  Due to  the  Bank's  loss
experience,  the Bank generally  recognized a bad debt deduction  equal to 8% of
taxable income.

     In August 1996,  the  provisions  repealing the above thrift bad debt rules
were passed by Congress as part of "The Small  Business  Job  Protection  Act of
1996." The new rules  eliminate  the 8% of taxable  income  method for deducting
additions to the tax bad debt  reserves for all thrifts for tax years  beginning
after December 31, 1995.  These rules also require that all thrift  institutions
recapture all or a portion of their bad debt reserves  added since the base year
(last taxable year beginning  before  January 1, 1988).  The Bank has previously
recorded a deferred tax liability  equal to the bad debt  recapture and as such,
the new rules will have no effect on net income or federal  income tax  expense.
For  taxable  years  beginning  after  December  31,  1995,  the Bank's bad debt
deduction is equal to net  charge-offs.  The new rules allow an  institution  to
suspend the bad debt  reserve  recapture  for the 1996 and 1997 tax years if the
institution's  lending  activity for those years is equal to or greater than the
institution's  average  mortgage  lending  activity  for the six  taxable  years
preceding 1996. For this purpose,  only home purchase and home improvement loans
are  included  and the  institution  can  elect to have the tax  years  with the
highest and lowest lending activity removed from the average calculation.  If an
institution  is permitted to postpone the reserve  recapture,  it must begin its
six year recapture no later than the 1998 tax year. The  unrecaptured  base year
reserves will not be subject to recapture as long as the  institution  continues
to carry on the business of banking.  In  addition,  the balance of the pre-1988
bad debt reserves  continue to be subject to a provision of present law referred
to below that require  recapture in the case of certain excess  distributions to
shareholders.

     Distributions.   To  the   extent   that  the  Bank   makes   "non-dividend
distributions"  to the Company that are considered as made: (i) from the reserve
for losses on qualifying real property loans, to the extent the reserve for such
losses  exceeds the amount  that would have been  allowed  under the  experience
method,  or (ii) from the  supplemental  reserve  for  losses on loans  ("Excess
Distributions"), then an amount based on the amount distributed will be included
in the Bank's taxable income.  Non-dividend  distributions include distributions
in  excess  of  the  Bank's  current  and  accumulated   earnings  and  profits,
distributions in redemption of stock,  and  distributions in partial or complete
liquidation.  However,  dividends  paid out of the Bank's current or accumulated
earnings and profits, as calculated for federal income tax purposes, will not be
considered to result in a distribution  from the Bank's bad debt reserve.  Thus,
any  dividends  to the Company  that would reduce  amounts  appropriated  to the
Bank's bad debt  reserve and  deducted  for federal  income tax  purposes  would
create a tax liability for the Bank.  The amount of  additional  taxable  income
created from an Excess  Distribution  is an amount that, when reduced by the tax
attributable to the income, is equal to the amount of the distribution.  Thus if
the  Bank  makes  a  "non-dividend  distribution,"  then  approximately  one and
one-half  times the  amount so used  would be  includable  in gross  income  for
federal income tax purposes, assuming a 34% corporate income tax rate (exclusive
of state and local taxes).  The Bank does not intend to pay dividends that would
result in a recapture of any portion of its bad debt reserve.

     Corporate  Alternative  Minimum Tax. The Code imposes a tax on  alternative
minimum  taxable  income  ("AMTI") at a rate of 20%.  The excess of the bad debt
reserve  deduction  claimed by the Bank over the deduction  that would have been

                                    Page 13
<PAGE>

allowable  under the  experience  method is  treated  as a  preference  item for
purposes of computing the AMTI.  Only 90% of AMTI can be offset by net operating
loss  carryovers of which the Bank  currently has none.  AMTI is increased by an
amount equal to 75% of the amount by which the Bank's adjusted  current earnings
exceeds its AMTI  (determined  without  regard to this  preference  and prior to
reduction for net operating  losses).  In addition,  for taxable years beginning
after June 30, 1986 and before January 1, 1996, an environmental tax of 0.12% of
the excess of AMTI (with certain modifications) over $2.0 million was imposed on
corporations,  including  the Bank,  whether or not an  Alternative  Minimum Tax
("AMT") is paid. The Bank does not expect to be subject to the AMT.

     Dividends  Received  Deduction and Other  Matters.  The Company may exclude
from its income 100% of dividends received from the Bank as a member of the same
affiliated group of corporations.  The corporate dividends received deduction is
generally 70% in the case of dividends  received from unaffiliated  corporations
with which the  Company  and the Bank will not file a  consolidated  tax return,
except  that if the  Company  or the Bank own  more  than 20% of the  stock of a
corporation  distributing  a dividend then 80% of any dividends  received may be
deducted.

State and Local Taxation

     The Company and its non-thrift Pennsylvania subsidiaries are subject to the
Pennsylvania  Corporate Net Income Tax and Capital Stock and Franchise  Tax. The
Corporate  Net Income Tax rate for 1998 is 9.99% and is imposed on the Company's
and its  non-thrift  subsidiaries'  unconsolidated  taxable  income for  federal
purposes  with  certain  adjustments.  In general,  the  Capital  Stock Tax is a
property  tax  imposed at the rate of 1.275% of a  corporation's  capital  stock
value,  which is determined in accordance  with a fixed formula.  The Company is
also required to file an annual  report with and pay an annual  Franchise tax to
the State of Delaware.

     The Bank is taxed under the Pennsylvania Mutual Thrift Institutions Tax Act
(the "MTIT"),  as amended,  to include thrift institutions having capital stock.
Pursuant to the MTIT,  the Bank's tax rate is 11.5%.  The MTIT  exempts the Bank
from all other  taxes  imposed by the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  for state
income  tax  purposes  and  from  all  local   taxation   imposed  by  political
subdivisions, except taxes on real estate and real estate transfers. The MTIT is
a tax upon net  earnings,  determined  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting principals ("GAAP") with certain adjustments.  The MTIT, in computing
GAAP income,  allows for the deduction of interest  earned on  Pennsylvania  and
federal  securities,  while  disallowing  a  percentage  of a thrift's  interest
expense  deduction in the proportion of interest  income on those  securities to
the  overall  interest  income  of the  Bank.  Net  operating  losses,  if  any,
thereafter can be carried  forward three years for MTIT  purposes.  The Bank has
not been audited by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in the last five years.

Additional Item. Executive Officers of the Registrant

     The following table sets forth information regarding the executive officers
of the Company and the Bank who are not directors.

Name                       Age as of 9/30/98             Position
Gary M. Gatski                     44           Senior Vice President,
                                                Retail   Division  of  the  Bank
                                                since 1993.

Bernard M. Miskin                  47           Senior Vice President,
                                                Operations/Compliance
                                                Division of the Bank since 1995.

Joseph  K. Osiecki                 60           Senior Vice President, Loan
                                                Division of the Bank since 1993.

Patrick J. Owens, Jr.              55           Senior Vice President,
                                                Chief Financial Officer of the
                                                Bank since 1993 and Chief
                                                Financial Officer and Treasurer
                                                of the Company since 1998.

                                    Page 14
<PAGE>


Item 2. Properties

     The Company currently conducts its business through 10 full service banking
offices located in Luzerne,  Carbon,  Columbia and Schuylkill counties,  and one
loan origination office in Monroe County in Northeast Pennsylvania. Abstractors,
Inc.  conducts its business from the downtown Hazleton area. The following table
sets forth the Company's offices as of September 30, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           Net Book Value
                                                                                            of Property or
                                                                                             Leasehold
                                                    Original Year                           Improvements     Total Deposits
                                    Leased            Leased or      Date of Lease          at September      at September
    Location                       or Owned            Acquired        Expiration             30, 1998           30, 1998
                                                                  (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                  <C>                 <C>         <C>                      <C>                <C>

Administrative/Home Office:

12 E. Broad Street
Hazleton, PA  18201                  Owned               1947                 -               $3,196              $88,596

2 E. Broad Street
Hazleton, PA  18201                 Leased               1992        Month-to-month                -                    -

Branch Offices:

Bloomsburg Office:
17 E. Main Street
Bloomsburg, PA  17815                Owned               1963                 -                  472               23,600

Shenandoah Office:
5-7 E. Main Street
Shenandoah, PA  17976                Owned               1968                 -                  415               48,837

Pottsville Office:
111 E. Norweigan Street
Pottsville, PA  17901                Owned               1968                 -                  627               26,563

Lehighton Office:
111 N. First Street
Lehighton, PA  18235                 Owned               1977                 -                  129               23,619

Laurel Mall Office
240 Laurel Mall
Hazleton, PA  18201                 Leased               1994              2003                  213               56,252

Schuylkill Mall Office:
611 Schuylkill Mall
Frackville, PA  17976               Leased               1978              2001                   38               22,043

Columbia Mall Office:
225 Columbia Mall Drive
Bloomsburg, PA  17815               Leased               1988              1999                    8               10,047

Gould's IGA Office:
Route 93
Sugarloaf, PA  18249                Leased               1995              2000                   31                9,738

Mountaintop Office:
360 S. Mountain Boulevard
Mountaintop, PA  18707               Owned               1997                 -                  842               14,710

Scott Township Office:
2691 New Berwick Highway
Route 11
Bloomsburg, PA   17815               Owned               1998                 -                  849                  N/A

Loan Production Origination
Office:

Pocono L.P.O. Office
P.O. Box 1092
Pocono Pines, PA  18350             Leased               1997              1998                    -                    -


Title Insurance Agency:

Abstractors, Inc.
101 S. Church Street
Hazleton, PA  18201                 Leased               1998              2001                    4                  N/A
</TABLE>

                                    Page 15
<PAGE>

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

     The Company is not  involved in any pending  legal  proceedings  other than
routine legal  proceedings  occurring in the ordinary  course of business.  Such
routine legal  proceedings,  in the aggregate,  are believed by management to be
immaterial to the Company's financial condition or results of operation.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

     None.

                                    Page 16
<PAGE>



                                     Part II

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Shareholder Matters

     Information  relating  to the market  for  Registrant's  common  equity and
related shareholder matters appears under "Market for Registrant's Common Equity
and Related  Shareholder  Matters"  in the  Registrant's  1998 Annual  Report to
Shareholders  on page 24 and is  incorporated  herein by reference.  Information
relating to dividend  restrictions for  Registrant's  common stock appears under
"Regulation and Supervision."

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

     The  above-captioned   information  appears  under  "Selected  Consolidated
Financial and Other Data of the Company" in the Registrant's  1998 Annual Report
to Shareholders on page 8 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations

     The above-captioned  information appears under "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations" in the  Registrant's
1998 Annual  Report to  Shareholders  on pages 9 through 24 and is  incorporated
herein by reference.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risks

     The  above-captioned  information  appears under the heading "Management of
Interest  Rate Risk and Market Risk  Analysis" in the  Registrant's  1998 Annual
Report to Shareholders on pages 9 through 12 and is incorporated herein by
reference.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     The Consolidated  Financial Statements of Northeast  Pennsylvania Financial
Corp.  and its  subsidiaries,  together  with the  report  thereon  by KPMG Peat
Marwick LLP appears in the  Registrant's  1998 Annual Report to  Shareholders on
pages 25 through 42 and are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9. Changes and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure

     Not Applicable.

                                    Page 17


<PAGE>


                                    Part III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

     The  information  relating  to  Directors  and  Executive  Officers  of the
Registrant  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to the  Registrant's  Proxy
Statement for the Annual Meeting of  Shareholders to held on January 27, 1999 at
pages 4 and 5.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

     The information  relating to executive  compensation is incorporated herein
by reference  to the  Registrant's  Proxy  Statement  for the Annual  Meeting of
Shareholders to held on January 27, 1999 at pages 7 through 13.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

     The information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners
and management is  incorporated  herein by reference to the  Registrant's  Proxy
Statement for the Annual Meeting of  Shareholders to held on January 27, 1999 at
pages 3 through 5.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

     The information relating to certain  relationships and related transactions
is incorporated  herein by reference to the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the
Annual Meeting of Shareholders to held on January 27, 1999 at page 13.

                                    Page 18


<PAGE>


                                     Part IV

Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

     (1)  Consolidated  Financial  Statements of the Company are incorporated by
          reference to the following  indicated  pages of the 1998 Annual Report
          to Shareholders:


                                                                           Page
               Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
                 as of September 30, 1998 and 1997............................25
               Consolidated Statements of Operations
                 For the Years Ended  September 30, 1998,  1997 and  1996.....26
               Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
                 For the Years Ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996........27
               Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                 For the Years Ended  September  30, 1998,  1997 and 1996..28-29
               Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................30-41
               Independent Auditor's Report...................................42

     (2)  All schedules are omitted because they are not required or applicable,
          or the required  information  is shown in the  consolidated  financial
          statements or the notes thereto.

     (3)  Exhibits

          (a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this report:

               3.1  Certificate of Incorporation of Northeast Pennsylvania
                    Financial Corp.*

               3.2  Bylaws of Northeast Pennsylvania Financial Corp.*

               4.0  Form of Stock Certificate of Northeast Pennsylvania
                    Financial Corp.*

               10.1 Employment Agreement between Northeast Pennsylvania
                    Financial Corp. and E. Lee Beard

               10.2 Employment Agreement between Northeast Pennsylvania
                    Financial Corp. and Thomas L. Kennedy

               10.3 Employment Agreement between First Federal Bank and E.
                    Lee Beard

               10.4 Employment Agreement between First Federal Bank and
                    Thomas L. Kennedy

               10.5 Change in Control Agreement between Northeast
                    Pennsylvania Financial Corp. and Patrick J. Owens, Jr.

               10.6 Change in Control Agreement between First Federal Bank and
                    Patrick J. Owens, Jr.

               10.7 Change in Control Agreement between First Federal Bank and
                    Gary M. Gatski

               10.8 Change in Control Agreement between First Federal Bank and
                    Bernard M. Miskin

               10.9 Change in Control Agreement between First Federal Bank and
                    Joseph K. Osiecki

              10.10 Form of First Federal Bank Supplemental Executive
                    Retirement Plan*

              10.11 Form of First Federal Bank Employee Severance Compensation
                    Plan*

              10.12 Form of First Federal Bank Management Supplemental
                    Executive Retirement Plan*

              10.13 Northeast Pennsylvania Financial Corp. 1998 Stock-Based
                    Incentive Plan**

               11.0 Statement regarding Computation of Per Share Earnings

               13.0 1998 Annual Report to Shareholders

               21.0 Subsidiary information is incorporated by reference to
                    "Part I - Subsidiaries"

                                    Page 19
<PAGE>

               23.0 Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

               23.1 Consent of Parente, Randolph, Orlando, Carey & Associates

               27.0 Financial Data Schedule

               99.0 Proxy Statement for 1999 Annual Meeting (previously filed on
                    December 28, 1998)

*    Incorporated  herein by reference  into this  document from the Exhibits to
     the  Form  S-1  Registration   Statement,   and  any  amendments   thereto,
     Registration No. 333-43281

**   Incorporated  herein  by  reference  into  this  document  from  the  Proxy
     Statement for the 1998 Special Meeting of  Shareholders  dated September 9,
     1998


(b) Reports on Form 8-K

On July 24,  1998 the  Company  filed an 8-K to announce  its  earnings  for the
quarter ended June 30, 1998. The press release  announcing the Company's  second
quarter earnings was filed by exhibit.

                                    Page 20


<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

By /s/ E. Lee Beard                                            December 29, 1998
- ---------------------------
E. Lee Beard
President and Chief Executive Officer


     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


/s/ E. Lee Beard
- ---------------------------                                    December 29, 1998
E. Lee Beard
President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Paul Conard
- ---------------------------                                    December 29, 1998
Paul Conard
Director

/s/ Dr. William R. Davidson
- ---------------------------                                    December 29, 1998
Dr. William R. Davidson
Director

/s/ Barbara Ecker
- ---------------------------                                    December 29, 1998
Barbara Ecker
Director

/s/ R. Peter Haentjens, Jr.
- ---------------------------                                    December 29, 1998
R. Peter Haentjens, Jr.
Director

/s/ Atty. Thomas L. Kennedy
- ---------------------------                                    December 29, 1998
Atty. Thomas L. Kennedy
Chairman of the Board

/s/ Honorable John P. Lavelle
- ---------------------------                                    December 29, 1998
Honorable John P. Lavelle
Director

/s/ Michael J. Leib
- ---------------------------                                    December 29, 1998
Michael J. Leib
Director

/s/ William J. Spear
- ---------------------------                                    December 29, 1998
William J. Spear
Director

/s/ Patrick J. Owens, Jr.
- ---------------------------                                    December 29, 1998
Patrick J. Owens, Jr.
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer


                                    Page 21





                     NORTHEAST PENNSYLVANIA FINANCIAL CORP.
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         This AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made effective as of March 31, 1998, by
and between Northeast  Pennsylvania  Financial Corp. (the "Holding Company"),  a
corporation   organized   under  the  laws  of  Delaware,   with  its  principal
administrative  office at 12 Broad Street,  Hazleton,  PA 18201 and E. Lee Beard
(the  "Executive").  Any  reference  to  "Institution"  herein  shall mean First
Federal Bank or any successor thereto.

         WHEREAS, the Holding Company wishes to assure itself of the services of
Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and

         WHEREAS, the Executive is willing to serve in the employ of the Holding
Company for said period.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained,  and upon the other terms and conditions  hereinafter  provided,  the
parties hereby agree as follows:

1.       POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

         During the period of Executive's employment hereunder, Executive agrees
to serve as President and Chief Executive  Officer of the Holding  Company.  The
Executive  shall render  administrative  and management  services to the Holding
Company  such as are  customarily  performed  by persons in a similar  executive
capacity.  During said period, Executive also agrees to serve, if elected, as an
officer and director of any subsidiary of the Holding Company.

2.       TERMS.

         (a) The period of Executive's  employment under this Agreement shall be
deemed to have  commenced as of the date first above written and shall  continue
for a period of thirty-six (36) full calendar months  thereafter.  Commencing on
the date of the execution of this Agreement, the term of this Agreement shall be
extended  for one day each day until such time as the board of  directors of the
Holding Company (the "Board") or Executive  elects not to extend the term of the
Agreement by giving written notice to the other party in accordance with Section
8 of this Agreement, in which case the term of this Agreement shall be fixed and
shall end on the third anniversary of the date of such written notice.

         (b) During the period of Executive's  employment hereunder,  except for
periods of absence  occasioned  by illness,  reasonable  vacation  periods,  and
reasonable  leaves of absence,  Executive  shall  devote  substantially  all her
business time, attention,  skill, and efforts to the faithful performance of her
duties hereunder including  activities and services related to the organization,
operation  and  management  of the  Holding  Company  and its direct or indirect
subsidiaries   ("Subsidiaries")   and   participation  in  community  and  civic
organizations; provided, however, that,

                                        1

<PAGE>
with the approval of the Board, as evidenced by a resolution of such Board, from
time to time,  Executive  may  serve,  or  continue  to serve,  on the boards of
directors  of,  and hold  any  other  offices  or  positions  in,  companies  or
organizations, which, in such Board's judgment, will not present any conflict of
interest with the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries,  or materially affect the
performance of Executive's duties pursuant to this Agreement.

         (c)   Notwithstanding   anything  herein  contained  to  the  contrary,
Executive's employment with the Holding Company may be terminated by the Holding
Company or Executive during the term of this Agreement, subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement. Moreover, in the event the Executive is terminated
or  suspended  from her  position  with the  Institution,  Executive  shall  not
perform,  in any  respect,  directly or  indirectly,  during the pendency of her
temporary or permanent  suspension or termination from the  Institution,  duties
and responsibilities formerly performed at the Institution as part of her duties
and  responsibilities  as President and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Holding
Company.

3.       COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.

         (a) The  Executive  shall  be  entitled  to a salary  from the  Holding
Company or its  Subsidiaries of $182,000 per year ("Base  Salary").  Base Salary
shall  include  any amounts of  compensation  deferred  by  Executive  under any
qualified  or  nonqualified  plan  maintained  by the  Holding  Company  and its
Subsidiaries.  Such Base Salary shall be payable bi-weekly. During the period of
this Agreement, Executive's Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually; the
first  such  review  will be made no later  than one year  from the date of this
Agreement.  Such review shall be conducted by the Board or by a Committee of the
Board delegated such responsibility by the Board. The Committee or the Board may
increase  Executive's Base Salary.  Any increase in Base Salary shall become the
"Base  Salary" for  purposes of this  Agreement.  In addition to the Base Salary
provided in this Section 3(a), the Holding Company shall also provide Executive,
at no premium  cost to  Executive,  with all such  other  benefits  as  provided
uniformly  to  permanent  full-time  employees  of the  Holding  Company and its
Subsidiaries.

         (b) The  Executive  shall be entitled to  participate  in any  employee
benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites substantially equivalent to those in
which Executive was participating or otherwise deriving benefit from immediately
prior to the beginning of the term of this  Agreement,  and the Holding  Company
and its Subsidiaries will not, without  Executive's prior written consent,  make
any changes in such plans,  arrangements or perquisites  which would  materially
adversely affect Executive's rights or benefits thereunder, except to the extent
that such changes are made  applicable  to all Holding  Company and  Institution
employees eligible to participate in such plans, arrangements and perquisites on
a  non-discriminatory  basis.  Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing
provisions of this Subsection (b), Executive shall be entitled to participate in
or receive benefits under any employee benefit plans including,  but not limited
to,   retirement   plans,   supplemental   retirement   plans,   pension  plans,
profit-sharing plans,  health-and-accident  plans, medical coverage or any other
employee  benefit plan or arrangement  made available by the Holding Company and
its  Subsidiaries  in the future to its  senior  executives  and key  management
employees,  subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms,  conditions and
overall administration of such


                                        2

<PAGE>
plans and  arrangements.  Executive shall be entitled to incentive  compensation
and bonuses as provided in any plan of the Holding Company and its  Subsidiaries
in which  Executive is eligible to  participate.  Nothing paid to the  Executive
under  any  such  plan or  arrangement  will be  deemed  to be in lieu of  other
compensation to which the Executive is entitled under this Agreement.

         (c) In addition to the Base Salary  provided  for by  paragraph  (a) of
this Section 3 and other  compensation  provided  for by  paragraph  (b) of this
Section  3,  the  Holding  Company  shall  pay or  reimburse  Executive  for all
reasonable travel,  including  reasonable expenses for spouses travel, and other
reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of Executive's obligations under
this  Agreement and may provide such  additional  compensation  in such form and
such amounts as the Board may from time to time determine.

4.       PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.

         (a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination  (as herein defined)
during the Executive's term of employment  under this Agreement,  the provisions
of  this  Section  shall  apply.  As  used  in  this  Agreement,  an  "Event  of
Termination"  shall mean and include any one or more of the  following:  (i) the
termination by the Holding Company of Executive's full-time employment hereunder
for any reason other than  termination  governed by Section 5(a) hereof,  or for
Cause, as defined in Section 7 hereof;  (ii)  Executive's  resignation  from the
Holding  Company's  employ,  upon,  any (A)  failure  to elect or  reelect or to
appoint or reappoint Executive as President and Chief Executive Officer,  unless
consented to by the Executive,  (B) a material  change in Executive's  function,
duties, or responsibilities with the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries,  which
change would cause Executive's position to become one of lesser  responsibility,
importance,  or scope from the  position  and  attributes  thereof  described in
Section 1, above,  unless  consented to by the  Executive,  (C) a relocation  of
Executive's  principal  place  of  employment  by more  than 25  miles  from its
location at the effective  date of this  Agreement,  unless  consented to by the
Executive,  (D) a material  reduction  in the benefits  and  perquisites  to the
Executive from those being provided as of the effective date of this  Agreement,
unless  consented to by the  Executive,  (E) a liquidation or dissolution of the
Holding  Company  or the  Institution,  or (F) breach of this  Agreement  by the
Holding Company. Upon the occurrence of any event described in clauses (A), (B),
(C), (D) (E) or (F), above, Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate
her employment under this Agreement by resignation upon not less than sixty (60)
days prior written notice given within six full calendar  months after the event
giving rise to said right to elect.

         (b) Upon the  occurrence  of an  Event of  Termination,  on the Date of
Termination,  as defined in Section 8, the Holding Company shall be obligated to
pay Executive,  or, in the event of her  subsequent  death,  her  beneficiary or
beneficiaries, or her estate, as the case may be, a sum equal to the sum of: (i)
the amount of the remaining payments that the Executive would have earned if she
had continued her employment with the  Institution  during the remaining term of
this Agreement at the Executive's  Base Salary at the Date of  Termination;  and
(ii) the amount equal to the annual  contributions  that would have been made on
Executive's  behalf to any  employee  benefit  plans of the  Institution  or the
Holding   Company  during  the  remaining  term  of  this  Agreement   based  on
contributions  made (on an annualized basis) at the Date of Termination.  At the
election of the


                                        3

<PAGE>
Executive,  which election is to be made prior to an Event of Termination,  such
payments  shall be made in a lump sum.  In the event that no  election  is made,
payment to the Executive will be made on a monthly basis in approximately  equal
installments during the remaining term of the Agreement. Such payments shall not
be  reduced  in the event  the  Executive  obtains  other  employment  following
termination of employment.

         (c) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Holding Company
will  cause to be  continued  life,  medical,  dental  and  disability  coverage
substantially  equivalent to the coverage  maintained by the Holding  Company or
its  Subsidiaries  for Executive  prior to her termination at no premium cost to
the  Executive.  Such coverage  shall cease upon the expiration of the remaining
term of this Agreement.

5.       CHANGE IN CONTROL.

         (a) For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  a "Change  in  Control"  of the
Holding  Company or the  Institution  shall mean an event of a nature that;  (i)
would be required to be reported in response to Item 1(a) of the current  report
on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange  Act"); or (ii) results in a
Change in Control of the  Institution or the Holding  Company within the meaning
of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933, as amended,  the Federal Deposit Insurance
Act,  or  the  Rules  and  Regulations  promulgated  by  the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision  (or its  predecessor  agency),  as in  effect  on the  date  hereof
(provided,  that in applying  the  definition  of change in control as set forth
under the rules and  regulations  of the OTS,  the Board  shall  substitute  its
judgment  for that of the OTS);  or (iii)  without  limitation  such a Change in
Control  shall be deemed to have  occurred at such time as (A) any  "person" (as
the term is used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes
the  "beneficial  owner"  (as  defined in Rule 13d-3  under the  Exchange  Act),
directly or indirectly,  of voting  securities of the Institution or the Holding
Company  representing 20% or more of the  Institution's or the Holding Company's
outstanding voting securities or right to acquire such securities except for any
voting  securities of the  Institution  purchased by the Holding Company and any
voting securities  purchased by any employee benefit plan of the Holding Company
or its  Subsidiaries;  or (B)  individuals  who constitute the Board on the date
hereof (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any reason to  constitute at least a
majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the
date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least  three-quarters of
the directors  comprising the Incumbent  Board, or whose nomination for election
by the  Company's  stockholders  was approved by a Nominating  Committee  solely
composed of members which are Incumbent Board members, shall be, for purposes of
this clause (B),  considered as though she were a member of the Incumbent Board;
or  (C) a  plan  of  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  sale  of  all  or
substantially  all the  assets of the  Institution  or the  Holding  Company  or
similar transaction occurs or is effectuated in which the Institution or Holding
Company  is not the  resulting  entity;  provided,  however,  that such an event
listed above will be deemed to have  occurred or to have been  effectuated  upon
the receipt of all required federal regulatory approvals not including the lapse
of any statutory waiting periods;  or (D) a proxy statement has been distributed
soliciting  proxies from  stockholders of the Holding Company,  by someone other
than the current management of the Holding Company, seeking stockholder approval
of a plan of reorganization, merger or


                                        4

<PAGE>
consolidation   of  the  Holding  Company  or  Institution   with  one  or  more
corporations  as a result  of  which  the  outstanding  shares  of the  class of
securities  then  subject  to such  plan or  transaction  are  exchanged  for or
converted into cash or property or securities  not issued by the  Institution or
the Holding Company shall be distributed;  or (E) a tender offer is made for 20%
or more of the voting  securities  of the  Institution  or Holding  Company then
outstanding.

         (b) If a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to Section 5(a) or the
Board has determined  that a Change in Control has occurred,  Executive shall be
entitled to the benefits  provided in paragraphs (c) and, (d), of this Section 5
upon her  subsequent  termination  of  employment at any time during the term of
this Agreement due to (i) Executive's  dismissal,  or (ii) Executive's voluntary
resignation  following  any  demotion,  loss of  title,  office  or  significant
authority or  responsibility,  reduction in the annual  compensation or material
reduction in benefits or relocation of her principal place of employment by more
than 25 miles from its  location  immediately  prior to the  change in  control,
unless such termination is because of her death or termination for Cause.

         (c) Upon the  Executive's  entitlement to benefits  pursuant to Section
5(b), the Holding Company shall pay Executive, or in the event of her subsequent
death, her beneficiary or  beneficiaries,  or her estate, as the case may be, as
severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, a sum equal to the greater of: (i)
the  payments due for the  remaining  term of the  Agreement;  or (ii) three (3)
times Executive's average annual compensation for the five (5) preceding taxable
years. Such annual compensation shall include Base Salary, commissions, bonuses,
contributions  on behalf of  Executive to any pension and profit  sharing  plan,
severance  payments,  directors or committee fees and fringe benefits paid or to
be paid to the Executive  during such years.  At the election of the  Executive,
which election is to be made prior to a Change in Control, such payment shall be
made in a lump sum.  In the  event  that no  election  is made,  payment  to the
Executive will be made on a monthly basis in  approximately  equal  installments
during the remaining term of the  Agreement.  Such payments shall not be reduced
in the  event  Executive  obtains  other  employment  following  termination  of
employment.

         (d) Upon the  Executive's  entitlement to benefits  pursuant to Section
5(b),  the  Company  will  cause  to be  continued  life,  medical,  dental  and
disability coverage  substantially  equivalent to the coverage maintained by the
Institution  for  Executive  at no  premium  cost  to  Executive  prior  to  her
severance.  Such  coverage  and  payments  shall  cease upon the  expiration  of
thirty-six (36) months following the Change in Control.

6.       CHANGE OF CONTROL RELATED PROVISIONS.

         (a)     Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5, in the event that:

                  (i)      the  aggregate  payments  or  benefits  to be made or
                           afforded  to  Executive,   which  are  deemed  to  be
                           parachute  payments as defined in Section 280G of the
                           Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended  (the
                           "Code") or any successor  thereof,  (the "Termination
                           Benefits")  would be deemed  to  include  an  "excess
                           parachute  payment"  under  Section 280G of the Code;
                           and


                                        5

<PAGE>
                  (ii)   if such Termination Benefits were reduced to an amount
                         (the "Non-Triggering Amount"),  the  value of which is
                         one  dollar  ($1.00)  less than an amount equal to
                         three  (3) times  Executive's  "base  amount,"  as 
                         determined  in accordance  with said Section 280G and
                         the  Non-Triggering  Amount less the  product of the 
                         marginal rate of any applicable state and federal
                         income tax and the Non Triggering  Amount would be 
                         greater than the aggregate value of the Termination 
                         Benefits  (without such reduction) minus (i) the amount
                         of tax  required to be paid by the  Executive  thereon
                         by Section  4999 of the Code and further minus (ii) the
                         product of the Termination Benefits and the marginal 
                         rate of any  applicable  state and federal  income tax,
                         then the Termination  Benefits shall be reduced to the 
                         Non-Triggering  Amount.  The allocation of the
                         reduction required hereby among the Termination 
                         Benefits shall be determined by the Executive.

7.       TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.

         The term  "Termination for Cause" shall mean  termination  because of a
material loss to the Holding  Company or one of its  Subsidiaries  caused by the
Executive's  intentional failure to perform stated duties,  personal dishonesty,
willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or
similar  offenses),  final  cease and  desist  order or  material  breach of any
provision  of this  Agreement.  For  purposes  of this  Section,  no act, or the
failure to act, on Executive's  part shall be "willful"  unless done, or omitted
to be done, not in good faith and without  reasonable  belief that the action or
omission was in the best  interest of the Holding  Company or its  Subsidiaries.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Executive  shall  not be  deemed  to have been
terminated  for Cause unless and until there shall have been  delivered to her a
Notice of Termination which shall include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by
the affirmative vote of not less than  three-fourths of the members of the Board
at a meeting of the Board  called and held for that  purpose  (after  reasonable
notice to Executive and an  opportunity  for her,  together with counsel,  to be
heard before the Board),  finding  that in the good faith  opinion of the Board,
Executive was guilty of conduct justifying  Termination for Cause and specifying
the  particulars  thereof in detail.  The Executive  shall not have the right to
receive  compensation  or other  benefits for any period after  Termination  for
Cause.  During the period beginning on the date of the Notice of Termination for
Cause  pursuant  to  Section 8 hereof  through  the Date of  Termination,  stock
options and related  limited rights granted to Executive  under any stock option
plan shall not be exercisable nor shall any unvested awards granted to Executive
under any stock benefit plan of the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries vest. At
the Date of Termination,  such stock options and related limited rights and such
unvested  awards shall become null and void and shall not be  exercisable  by or
delivered to Executive at any time  subsequent to such Date of  Termination  for
Cause.



                                        6

<PAGE>
8.       NOTICE.

         (a) Any purported  termination  by the Holding  Company or by Executive
shall be  communicated  by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto.  For
purposes  of this  Agreement,  a "Notice  of  Termination"  shall mean a written
notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement
relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive's  employment  under the
provision so indicated.

         (b) "Date of  Termination"  shall mean the date specified in the Notice
of Termination (which, in the case of a Termination for Cause, shall not be less
than thirty (30) days from the date such Notice of Termination is given).

         (c) If,  within  thirty  (30) days after any Notice of  Termination  is
given,  the party receiving such Notice of Termination  notifies the other party
that a dispute exists concerning the termination,  except upon the occurrence of
a Change in Control and voluntary termination by the Executive in which case the
Date of  Termination  shall be the date  specified  in the  Notice,  the Date of
Termination shall be the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either
by mutual written agreement of the parties,  by a binding  arbitration award, or
by a final judgment,  order or decree of a court of competent  jurisdiction (the
time for appeal  therefrom  having expired and no appeal having been  perfected)
and provided further that the Date of Termination  shall be extended by a notice
of dispute  only if such notice is given in good faith and the party giving such
notice  pursues  the  resolution  of such  dispute  with  reasonable  diligence.
Notwithstanding  the  pendency of any such  dispute,  the Holding  Company  will
continue to pay Executive her full compensation in effect when the notice giving
rise to the dispute was given  (including,  but not limited to, Base Salary) and
continue her as a participant in all  compensation,  benefit and insurance plans
in which she was participating  when the notice of dispute was given,  until the
dispute is finally  resolved in  accordance  with this  Agreement.  Amounts paid
under this Section are in addition to all other amounts due under this Agreement
and shall not be offset  against  or reduce  any other  amounts  due under  this
Agreement.

9. POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS.

         All payments and benefits to Executive  under this  Agreement  shall be
subject  to  Executive's  compliance  with this  Section 9 for one (1) full year
after  the  earlier  of the  expiration  of this  Agreement  or  termination  of
Executive's   employment  with  the  Holding  Company.   Executive  shall,  upon
reasonable  notice,  furnish  such  information  and  assistance  to the Holding
Company as may reasonably be required by the Holding  Company in connection with
any litigation in which it or any of its  subsidiaries  or affiliates is, or may
become, a party.

10. NON-COMPETITION AND NON-DISCLOSURE.

         (a) Upon any termination of Executive's  employment  hereunder pursuant
to Section 4 hereof, Executive agrees not to compete with the Holding Company or
its  Subsidiaries for a period of one (1) year following such termination in any
city, town or county in which the Executive's


                                        7

<PAGE>
normal  business  office  is  located  and  the  Holding  Company  or any of its
Subsidiaries  has an office or has filed an application for regulatory  approval
to  establish  an office and any county  adjacent to such city,  town or county,
determined as of the  effective  date of such  termination,  except as agreed to
pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board. Executive agrees that during
such period and within said cities, towns and counties, Executive shall not work
for or advise,  consult or otherwise  serve with,  directly or  indirectly,  any
entity whose business materially competes with the depository,  lending or other
business  activities  of the Holding  Company or its  Subsidiaries.  The parties
hereto,  recognizing that irreparable  injury will result to the Holding Company
or its  Subsidiaries,  its  business  and  property in the event of  Executive's
breach of this  Subsection  10(a)  agree that in the event of any such breach by
Executive, the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries will be entitled, in addition
to any other  remedies and damages  available,  to an injunction to restrain the
violation hereof by Executive, Executive's partners, agents, servants, employees
and all  persons  acting  for or under the  direction  of  Executive.  Executive
represents  and admits that in the event of the  termination  of her  employment
pursuant to Section 7 hereof,  Executive's  experience and capabilities are such
that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines and/or
of a different nature than the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries, and that the
enforcement  of a remedy by way of injunction  will not prevent  Executive  from
earning a  livelihood.  Nothing  herein will be  construed  as  prohibiting  the
Holding Company or its Subsidiaries  from pursuing any other remedies  available
to the Holding Company or its Subsidiaries for such breach or threatened breach,
including the recovery of damages from Executive.

         (b) Executive  recognizes  and  acknowledges  that the knowledge of the
business activities and plans for business activities of the Holding Company and
its  Subsidiaries as it may exist from time to time, is a valuable,  special and
unique  asset of the  business  of the  Holding  Company  and its  Subsidiaries.
Executive  will not,  during or after the term of her  employment,  disclose any
knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the
Holding Company and its Subsidiaries thereof to any person,  firm,  corporation,
or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized
by the Board of Directors  or required by law.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,
Executive  may disclose  any  knowledge of banking,  financial  and/or  economic
principles,  concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from
the business  plans and  activities  of the Holding  Company.  In the event of a
breach or threatened  breach by the Executive of the provisions of this Section,
the Holding Company will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from
disclosing,  in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or
considered  business  activities of the Holding  Company or its  Subsidiaries or
from rendering any services to any person,  firm,  corporation,  other entity to
whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to
be  disclosed.  Nothing  herein will be  construed  as  prohibiting  the Holding
Company from pursuing any other  remedies  available to the Holding  Company for
such  breach or  threatened  breach,  including  the  recovery  of damages  from
Executive.

11.      SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

         (a) All  payments  provided in this  Agreement  shall be timely paid in
cash or check from the  general  funds of the  Holding  Company  subject to this
Section 11(b).

                                        8

<PAGE>
         (b) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, to the extent
that  payments  and  benefits,  as  provided by this  Agreement,  are paid to or
received by  Executive  under the  Employment  Agreement  dated March 31,  1998,
between Executive and the Institution,  such compensation  payments and benefits
paid by the Institution will be subtracted from any amount due simultaneously to
Executive under similar provisions of this Agreement.  Payments pursuant to this
Agreement and the Institution  Agreement shall be allocated in proportion to the
level of activity and the time  expended on such  activities by the Executive as
determined by the Holding Company and the Institution on a quarterly basis.

12.      EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

         This Agreement  contains the entire  understanding  between the parties
hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Holding Company
or any  predecessor  of the  Holding  Company  and  Executive,  except that this
Agreement  shall not affect or operate  to reduce  any  benefit or  compensation
inuring to the  Executive  of a kind  elsewhere  provided.  No provision of this
Agreement  shall be  interpreted  to mean that Executive is subject to receiving
fewer benefits than those available to her without reference to this Agreement.

13.      NO ATTACHMENT.

         (a) Except as required by law, no right to receive  payments under this
Agreement  shall be  subject to  anticipation,  commutation,  alienation,  sale,
assignment,  encumbrance,  charge,  pledge, or  hypothecation,  or to execution,
attachment,  levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any
attempt,  voluntary  or  involuntary,  to affect any such action  shall be null,
void, and of no effect.

         (b) This Agreement  shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of,
Executive and the Holding  Company and their  respective  successors,  heirs and
assigns.

14.      MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

         (a)  This  Agreement  may  not be  modified  or  amended  except  by an
instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

         (b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been
waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision
of this Agreement,  except by written  instrument of the party charged with such
waiver or estoppel.  No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing  waiver
unless specifically  stated therein,  and each such waiver shall operate only as
to the specific  term or condition  waived and shall not  constitute a waiver of
such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically
waived.



                                        9

<PAGE>
15.      SEVERABILITY.

         If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any
provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision
of this  Agreement or any part of such  provision not held so invalid,  and each
such other  provision and part thereof shall to the full extent  consistent with
law continue in full force and effect.

16.      HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

         The headings of sections and paragraphs  herein are included solely for
convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or  interpretation of
any of the provisions of this Agreement.

         Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine, feminine or neuter
gender,  they shall be construed as though they were also used in another gender
in all cases where they would so apply.

17.      GOVERNING LAW.

         This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware
without  regard to the  principles  of  conflicts  of law of this State,  unless
otherwise specified herein.

18.      ARBITRATION.

         Notwithstanding  any right to  enforcement  under  Section  10(a),  any
dispute or controversy  arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall
be  settled  exclusively  by  arbitration,  conducted  before  a panel  of three
arbitrators  sitting in a location  selected by the Executive  within fifty (50)
miles from the location of the Institution,  in accordance with the rules of the
American Arbitration  Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the
arbitrator's award in any court having  jurisdiction;  provided,  however,  that
Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of her right to be paid
until the Date of Termination  during the pendency of any dispute or controversy
arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

         In the event any dispute or controversy  arising under or in connection
with Executive's  termination is resolved in favor of the Executive,  whether by
judgment, arbitration or settlement,  Executive shall be entitled to the payment
of all  back-pay,  including  salary,  bonuses and any other cash  compensation,
fringe  benefits and any  compensation  and benefits  due  Executive  under this
Agreement.

19.      PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES.

         All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any
dispute or question of  interpretation  relating to this Agreement shall be paid
or reimbursed by the Holding Company,  if Executive is successful  pursuant to a
legal judgment, arbitration or settlement.



                                       10

<PAGE>
20.      INDEMNIFICATION.

         (a) The Holding Company shall provide  Executive  (including her heirs,
executors and  administrators)  with coverage  under a standard  directors'  and
officers'  liability  insurance  policy  at its  expense,  and  shall  indemnify
Executive (and her heirs,  executors and  administrators)  to the fullest extent
permitted  under  Delaware law against all expenses and  liabilities  reasonably
incurred  by her in  connection  with  or  arising  out of any  action,  suit or
proceeding  in which she may be involved by reason of her having been a director
or officer of the Holding Company (whether or not she continues to be a director
or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses
and liabilities to include,  but not be limited to,  judgments,  court costs and
attorneys' fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.

         (b) Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Section are subject
to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C.  Section 1828(k) and 12 C.F.R.
Part 359 and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.


21.      SUCCESSOR TO THE HOLDING COMPANY.

         The Holding  Company shall  require any successor or assignee,  whether
direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,  consolidation or otherwise, to all or
substantially  all the  business  or assets of the  Institution  or the  Holding
Company,  expressly  and  unconditionally  to assume  and agree to  perform  the
Holding Company's  obligations  under this Agreement,  in the same manner and to
the same extent that the Holding Company would be required to perform if no such
succession or assignment had taken place.



                                       11

<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Northeast  Pennsylvania Financial Corp. has caused
this  Agreement to be executed  and its seal to be affixed  hereunto by its duly
authorized  officer and its directors,  and Executive has signed this Agreement,
on the 31st day of March, 1998.


ATTEST:                                      NORTHEAST PENNSYLVANIA
                                             FINANCIAL CORP.

/s/ Megan Kennedy                            By: /s/ Thomas L. Kennedy
Megan Kennedy                                Thomas L. Kennedy
Secretary                                    Chairman of the Board
                                             for the Entire Board of Directors


                  [SEAL]





                                             By: /s/ E. Lee Beard
                                             E. Lee Beard
                                             Executive




                                       12


Exhibit 10.2

         Mr.  Kennedy's  Employment  Agreement  is the  same  as the  Employment
Agreement in Exhibit 10.1,  which is incorporated  herein by reference except as
to: (i) the name of the signatory, which is Thomas L. Kennedy; (ii) the position
in Section 1,  which is  Chairman  of the  Board;  (iii) the  signatory  for the
Company,  which is E. Lee  Beard;  and (iv) the  amount  of the base  salary  in
Section 3(a), which is $118,000.


                               FIRST FEDERAL BANK
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         This  AGREEMENT is made  effective  as of March 31, 1998,  by and among
First Federal Bank (the "Bank"), a federally  chartered  financial  institution,
with its principal administrative office at 12 Broad Street, Hazleton, PA 18201,
Northeast  Pennsylvania  Financial Corp., a corporation organized under the laws
of the  State of  Delaware,  the  holding  company  for the Bank  (the  "Holding
Company"), and E. Lee Beard ("Executive").

     WHEREAS,  the Bank wishes to assure itself of the services of Executive for
the period provided in this Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  Executive  is  willing to serve in the employ of the Bank for
said period.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained,  and upon the other terms and conditions  hereinafter  provided,  the
parties hereby agree as follows:

1.       POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

         During  the period of her  employment  hereunder,  Executive  agrees to
serve as President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Bank.  Executive  shall
render   administrative  and  management  services  to  the  Bank  such  as  are
customarily  performed  by persons  situated  in a similar  executive  capacity.
During said period,  Executive also agrees to serve,  if elected,  as an officer
and director of the Holding Company or any subsidiary of the Bank.

2.       TERMS AND DUTIES.

         (a) The period of Executive's  employment under this Agreement shall be
deemed to have  commenced as of the date first above written and shall  continue
for a period of thirty-six (36) full calendar months  thereafter.  Commencing on
the first anniversary date of this Agreement, and continuing on each anniversary
thereafter,  the  disinterested  members of the board of  directors  of the Bank
("Board") may extend the  Agreement an  additional  year such that the remaining
term of the Agreement  shall be three (3) years unless the Executive  elects not
to extend the term of this Agreement by giving written notice in accordance with
Section 8 of this Agreement. The Board will review the Agreement and Executive's
performance annually for purposes of determining whether to extend the Agreement
and the  rationale  and results  thereof shall be included in the minutes of the
Board's  meeting.  The  Board  shall  give  notice to the  Executive  as soon as
possible after such review as to whether the Agreement is to be extended.

         (b) During the period of Executive's  employment hereunder,  except for
periods of absence  occasioned  by illness,  reasonable  vacation  periods,  and
reasonable  leaves of absence,  Executive  shall  devote  substantially  all her
business time, attention,  skill, and efforts to the faithful performance of her
duties hereunder including  activities and services related to the organization,
operation and  management of the Bank and  participation  in community and civic
organizations;  provided,  however,  that,  with the  approval of the Board,  as
evidenced by a resolution of such Board,


                                      - 1 -

<PAGE>
from time to time,  Executive may serve,  or continue to serve, on the boards of
directors  of,  and hold  any  other  offices  or  positions  in,  companies  or
organizations, which, in such Board's judgment, will not present any conflict of
interest with the Bank,  or materially  affect the  performance  of  Executive's
duties pursuant to this Agreement.

         (c)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  Executive's
employment  with the Bank may be terminated by the Bank or the Executive  during
the  term of  this  Agreement,  subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  of this
Agreement.

3.       COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.

         (a) The Bank shall pay Executive as  compensation  a salary of $182,000
per year ("Base Salary").  Base Salary shall include any amounts of compensation
deferred by Executive  under any qualified or  non-qualified  plan maintained by
the Bank. Such Base Salary shall be payable bi-weekly. During the period of this
Agreement,  Executive's  Base Salary  shall be reviewed at least  annually;  the
first  such  review  will be made no later  than one year  from the date of this
Agreement.  Such review shall be conducted by the Board or by a Committee of the
Board,  delegated such  responsibility  by the Board. The Committee or the Board
may increase  Executive's Base Salary.  Any increase in Base Salary shall become
the "Base Salary" for purposes of this Agreement. In addition to the Base Salary
provided in this  Section  3(a),  the Bank shall also provide  Executive,  at no
premium  cost to  Executive,  with  all  such  other  benefits  as are  provided
uniformly to permanent full-time employees of the Bank.

         (b) The  Executive  shall be entitled to  participate  in any  employee
benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites substantially equivalent to those in
which Executive was participating or otherwise deriving benefit from immediately
prior to the  beginning  of the term of this  Agreement,  and the Bank will not,
without  Executive's  prior  written  consent,  make any  changes in such plans,
arrangements or perquisites which would materially  adversely affect Executive's
rights or  benefits  thereunder;  except to the  extent  such  changes  are made
applicable to all Bank employees on a non-discriminatory basis. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing  provisions of this  Subsection  (b),  Executive
shall be entitled  to  participate  in or receive  benefits  under any  employee
benefit  plans  including  but not limited to,  retirement  plans,  supplemental
retirement  plans,  pension  plans,  profit-sharing  plans,  health-and-accident
plans,  medical  coverage or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made
available by the Bank in the future to its senior  executives and key management
employees,  subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms,  conditions and
overall  administration  of such  plans  and  arrangements.  Executive  shall be
entitled to  incentive  compensation  and bonuses as provided in any plan of the
Bank  in  which  Executive  is  eligible  to  participate.  Nothing  paid to the
Executive  under  any such plan or  arrangement  will be deemed to be in lieu of
other compensation to which the Executive is entitled under this Agreement.

         (c) In addition to the Base Salary  provided  for by  paragraph  (a) of
this Section 3 and other  compensation  provided  for by  paragraph  (b) of this
Section 3, the Bank shall pay or reimburse  Executive for all reasonable  travel
and  other  reasonable  expenses  incurred  in the  performance  of  Executive's
obligations under this Agreement and may provide such additional compensation in
such form and such amounts as the Board may from time to time determine.



                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>
4.       PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.

         (a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination  (as herein defined)
during the Executive's term of employment  under this Agreement,  the provisions
of  this  Section  shall  apply.  As  used  in  this  Agreement,  an  "Event  of
Termination"  shall mean and include any one or more of the  following:  (i) the
termination by the Bank of Executive's  full-time  employment  hereunder for any
reason other than a termination  governed by Section 5(a) hereof, or Termination
for Cause, as defined in Section 7 hereof; (ii) Executive's resignation from the
Bank's  employ  upon any (A)  failure  to  elect or  reelect  or to  appoint  or
reappoint  Executive as President and Chief Executive Officer,  unless consented
to by the Executive,  (B) a material change in Executive's function,  duties, or
responsibilities, which change would cause Executive's position to become one of
lesser  responsibility,  importance,  or scope from the position and  attributes
thereof described in Section 1, above,  unless consented to by Executive,  (C) a
relocation of  Executive's  principal  place of employment by more than 25 miles
from its location at the effective date of this Agreement,  unless  consented to
by the Executive,  (D) a material  reduction in the benefits and  perquisites to
the  Executive  from  those  being  provided  as of the  effective  date of this
Agreement,  unless  consented  to by  the  Executive,  or (E) a  liquidation  or
dissolution of the Bank or Holding  Company,  or (F) breach of this Agreement by
the Bank.  Upon the occurrence of any event  described in clauses (A), (B), (C),
(D), (E) or (F), above, Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate her
employment  under this  Agreement by  resignation  upon not less than sixty (60)
days prior  written  notice  given within six full months after the event giving
rise to said right to elect.

         (b) Upon the  occurrence  of an  Event of  Termination,  on the Date of
Termination,  as  defined  in  Section  8, the Bank  shall be  obligated  to pay
Executive,  or,  in the  event  of her  subsequent  death,  her  beneficiary  or
beneficiaries,  or her estate, as the case may be an amount equal to the sum of:
(i) the amount of the remaining payments that the Executive would have earned if
she had continued her employment with the Bank during the remaining term of this
Agreement at the Executive's  Base Salary at the Date of  Termination;  and (ii)
the  amount  equal to the  annual  contributions  that  would  have been made on
Executive's  behalf to any  employee  benefit  plans of the Bank or the  Holding
Company during the remaining term of this Agreement based on contributions  made
(on an annualized basis) at the Date of Termination; provided, however, that any
payments  pursuant to this subsection and subsection  4(c) below,  shall not, in
the aggregate,  exceed three times Executive's  average annual  compensation for
the five most recent  taxable years that Executive has been employed by the Bank
or such  lesser  number of years in the event  that  Executive  shall  have been
employed by the Bank for less than five  years.  In the event the Bank is not in
compliance with its minimum capital requirements or if such payments pursuant to
this  subsection  (b) would  cause the Bank's  capital  to be reduced  below its
minimum regulatory capital  requirements,  such payments shall be deferred until
such time as the Bank or  successor  thereto  is in capital  compliance.  At the
election  of the  Executive,  which  election is to be made prior to an Event of
Termination,  such  payments  shall be made in a lump sum as of the  Executive's
Date of Termination. In the event that no election is made, payment to Executive
will be made on a monthly basis in approximately  equal installments  during the
remaining term of the Agreement. Such payments shall not be reduced in the event
the Executive obtains other employment following termination of employment.

         (c) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank will cause
to be continued  life,  medical,  dental and disability  coverage  substantially
identical to the coverage maintained by the


                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>
Bank or the Holding Company for Executive prior to her termination at no premium
cost to the Executive,  except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its
application to all Bank or Holding Company employees.  Such coverage shall cease
upon the expiration of the remaining term of this Agreement.

5.       CHANGE IN CONTROL.

         (a) For purposes of this  Agreement,  a "Change in Control" of the Bank
or Holding  Company shall mean an event of a nature that:  (i) would be required
to be reported  in  response to Item 1 of the current  report on Form 8-K, as in
effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant  to Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act");  or (ii) results in a
Change in Control of the Bank or the Holding  Company  within the meaning of the
Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933, as amended,  the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or
the Rules  and  Regulations  promulgated  by the  Office  of Thrift  Supervision
("OTS") (or its predecessor  agency), as in effect on the date hereof (provided,
that in  applying  the  definition  of change in control as set forth  under the
rules and  regulations  of the OTS, the Board shall  substitute its judgment for
that of the OTS); or (iii) without  limitation such a Change in Control shall be
deemed to have occurred at such time as (A) any "person" (as the term is used in
Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the  Exchange  Act) is or becomes  the  "beneficial
owner"  (as  defined  in  Rule  13d-3  under  the  Exchange  Act),  directly  or
indirectly, of voting securities of the Bank or the Holding Company representing
25% or more of the Bank's or the Holding Company's outstanding voting securities
or right to acquire such securities except for any voting securities of the Bank
purchased  by the Holding  Company and any voting  securities  purchased  by any
employee benefit plan of the Bank or the Holding Company, or (B) individuals who
constitute  the Board on the date hereof (the  "Incumbent  Board") cease for any
reason to  constitute  at least a  majority  thereof,  provided  that any person
becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by
a vote of at least  three-quarters  of the  directors  comprising  the Incumbent
Board, or whose  nomination for election by the Holding  Company's  stockholders
was approved by the same Nominating  Committee serving under an Incumbent Board,
shall be, for purposes of this clause (B), considered as thoughshe were a member
of the Incumbent Board, or (C) a plan of reorganization,  merger, consolidation,
sale of all or  substantially  all the assets of the Bank or the Holding Company
or similar  transaction  occurs in which the Bank or Holding  Company is not the
resulting  entity;  provided,  however,  that such an event listed above will be
deemed to have  occurred  or to have been  effectuated  upon the  receipt of all
required  regulatory  approvals not including the lapse of any statutory waiting
periods.

         (b) If a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to Section 5(a) or the
Board has determined  that a Change in Control has occurred,  Executive shall be
entitled to the benefits  provided in paragraphs  (c), and (d) of this Section 5
upon her  subsequent  termination  of  employment at any time during the term of
this Agreement due to: (1) Executive's  dismissal or (2)  Executive's  voluntary
resignation  following  any  demotion,  loss of  title,  office  or  significant
authority  or  responsibility,  material  reduction  in annual  compensation  or
benefits or  relocation  of her  principal  place of  employment by more than 25
miles from its location immediately prior to the Change in Control,  unless such
termination is because of her death or termination for Cause.

         (c) Upon Executive's  entitlement to benefits pursuant to Section 5(b),
the Bank  shall pay  Executive,  or in the event of her  subsequent  death,  her
beneficiary or beneficiaries, or her estate, as


                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>
the case may be, a sum equal to the  greater  of: (1) the  payments  due for the
remaining  term of the  Agreement;  or 2) three  (3) times  Executive's  average
annual  compensation  for the five (5) most recent  taxable years that Executive
has been  employed by the Bank or such lesser  number of years in the event that
Executive  shall  have been  employed  by the Bank for less than five (5) years.
Such  average  annual  compensation  shall  include  Base  Salary,  commissions,
bonuses,  contributions  on  Executive's  behalf to any  pension  and/or  profit
sharing plan, severance payments,  retirement  payments,  directors or committee
fees,  fringe benefits paid or to be paid to the Executive in any such year, and
payment of expense items without  accountability  or business purpose or that do
not meet the IRS  requirements for  deductibility  by the Institution;  provided
however,  that any payment under this provision and subsection  5(d) below shall
not exceed three (3) times the Executive's average annual  compensation.  In the
event the Bank is not in compliance with its minimum capital  requirements or if
such  payments  would cause the Bank's  capital to be reduced  below its minimum
regulatory capital requirements, such payments shall be deferred until such time
as the Bank or successor  thereto is in capital  compliance.  At the election of
the Executive,  which election is to be made prior to a Change in Control,  such
payment shall be made in a lump sum as of the  Executive's  Date of Termination.
In the event that no election is made,  payment to the Executive will be made in
approximately  equal installments on a monthly basis over a period of thirty-six
(36) months  following the Executive's  termination.  Such payments shall not be
reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following termination of
employment.

         (d) Upon the  Executive's  entitlement to benefits  pursuant to Section
5(b), the Bank will cause to be continued life,  medical,  dental and disability
coverage  substantially  identical  to the coverage  maintained  by the Bank for
Executive prior to her severance at no premium cost to the Executive,  except to
the extent that such  coverage  may be changed in its  application  for all Bank
employees on a non-discriminatory  basis. Such coverage and payments shall cease
upon the expiration of thirty-six (36) months following the Date of Termination.

6.       CHANGE OF CONTROL RELATED PROVISIONS

         Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of Section  5, in no event  shall the
aggregate  payments or benefits to be made or afforded to  Executive  under said
paragraphs (the "Termination Benefits") constitute an "excess parachute payment"
under Section 280G of the Code or any successor  thereto,  and in order to avoid
such a result,  Termination Benefits will be reduced, if necessary, to an amount
(the  "Non-Triggering  Amount"),  the value of which is one dollar  ($1.00) less
than an amount equal to three (3) times Executive's "base amount", as determined
in accordance  with said Section 280G. The allocation of the reduction  required
hereby among the Termination  Benefits provided by Section 5 shall be determined
by Executive.

7.       TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.

         The term  "Termination  for Cause"  shall mean  termination  because of
Executive's personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, any breach of
fiduciary duty involving personal profit,  intentional failure to perform stated
duties,  willful  violation of any law, rule or  regulation  (other than traffic
violations  or similar  offenses)  or final  cease-and-desist  order or material
breach  of any  provision  of this  Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,
Executive shall not be deemed to have been Terminated for Cause unless and until
there shall have been delivered to her a Notice


                                      - 5 -

<PAGE>
of  Termination  which shall include a copy of a resolution  duly adopted by the
affirmative  vote of not less than a majority  of the  members of the Board at a
meeting of the Board called and held for that purpose (after  reasonable  notice
to Executive and an  opportunity  for her,  together  with counsel,  to be heard
before  the  Board),  finding  that in the  good  faith  opinion  of the  Board,
Executive's  conduct justified a finding of Termination for Cause and specifying
the particulars thereof in detail. Executive shall not have the right to receive
compensation  or other  benefits  for any period  after  Termination  for Cause.
During the period  beginning on the date of the Notice of Termination  for Cause
pursuant to Section 8 hereof  through the Date of Termination  for Cause,  stock
options and related  limited rights granted to Executive  under any stock option
plan  shall not be  exercisable,  nor  shall  any  unvested  awards  granted  to
Executive  under any stock benefit plan of the Bank, the Holding  Company or any
subsidiary or affiliate  thereof,  vest. At the Date of  Termination  for Cause,
such stock options and related  limited  rights and such  unvested  awards shall
become null and void and shall not be  exercisable  by or delivered to Executive
at any time subsequent to such Termination for Cause.

8.       NOTICE.

         (a) Any  purported  termination  by the Bank or by  Executive  shall be
communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of
this  Agreement,  a "Notice of  Termination"  shall mean a written  notice which
shall indicate the specific termination  provision in this Agreement relied upon
and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances  claimed to
provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated.

         (b) "Date of  Termination"  shall mean the date specified in the Notice
of Termination (which, in the case of a Termination for Cause, shall not be less
than thirty days from the date such Notice of Termination is given.).

         (c) If,  within  thirty  (30) days after any Notice of  Termination  is
given,  the party receiving such Notice of Termination  notifies the other party
that a dispute exists concerning the termination,  the Date of Termination shall
be the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written
agreement  of  the  parties,  by a  binding  arbitration  award,  or by a  final
judgment,  order or decree of a court of  competent  jurisdiction  (the time for
appeal  therefrom  having  expired  and no appeal  having  been  perfected)  and
provided  further that the Date of Termination  shall be extended by a notice of
dispute  only if such  notice is given in good faith and the party  giving  such
notice  pursues  the  resolution  of such  dispute  with  reasonable  diligence.
Notwithstanding  the pendency of any such dispute, in the event the Executive is
terminated for reasons other than  Termination  for Cause the Bank will continue
to pay  Executive  her Base Salary in effect when the notice  giving rise to the
dispute  was given until the  earlier  of: 1) the  resolution  of the dispute in
accordance  with this  Agreement or 2) the  expiration of the remaining  term of
this Agreement as determined as of the Date of  Termination.  Amounts paid under
this Section are in addition to all other  amounts due under this  Agreement and
shall not be  offset  against  or  reduce  any  other  amounts  due  under  this
Agreement.




                                      - 6 -

<PAGE>
9. POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS.

         All payments and benefits to Executive  under this  Agreement  shall be
subject  to  Executive's  compliance  with this  Section 9 for one (1) full year
after  the  earlier  of the  expiration  of this  Agreement  or  termination  of
Executive's  employment with the Bank.  Executive shall, upon reasonable notice,
furnish  such  information  and  assistance  to the  Bank as may  reasonably  be
required by the Bank in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its
subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party.

10. NON-COMPETITION AND NON-DISCLOSURE.

         (a) Upon any termination of Executive's  employment  hereunder pursuant
to Section 4 hereof,  Executive agrees not to compete with the Bank for a period
of one (1) year following such  termination in any city, town or county in which
the Executive's  normal business office is located and the Bank has an office or
has filed an application for regulatory  approval to establish an office and any
county  adjacent to such city,  town or county,  determined  as of the effective
date of such  termination,  except as agreed to  pursuant to a  resolution  duly
adopted by the Board.  Executive  agrees that during such period and within said
cities, towns and counties,  Executive shall not work for or advise,  consult or
otherwise  serve  with,  directly  or  indirectly,  any  entity  whose  business
materially competes with the depository, lending or other business activities of
the Bank. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to
the Bank, its business and property in the event of  Executive's  breach of this
Subsection  10(a) agree that in the event of any such breach by  Executive,  the
Bank will be entitled,  in addition to any other remedies and damages available,
to an  injunction to restrain the  violation  hereof by  Executive,  Executive's
partners,  agents,  servants,  employees and all persons acting for or under the
direction of Executive. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank
from  pursuing  any  other  remedies  available  to the Bank for such  breach or
threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

         (b) Executive  recognizes  and  acknowledges  that the knowledge of the
business activities and plans for business activities of the Bank and affiliates
thereof,  as it may exist from time to time,  is a valuable,  special and unique
asset of the business of the Bank.  Executive will not, during or after the term
of her  employment,  disclose  any  knowledge of the past,  present,  planned or
considered  business activities of the Bank or affiliates thereof to any person,
firm,  corporation,  or other  entity  for any  reason  or  purpose  whatsoever.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking,
financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and
exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank. Further,
Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Bank
to the OTS and the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation ("FDIC") pursuant to a
formal  regulatory  request.  In the event of a breach or  threatened  breach by
Executive of the  provisions  of this  Section,  the Bank will be entitled to an
injunction  restraining  Executive  from  disclosing,  in whole or in part,  the
knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the
Bank or affiliates thereof, or from rendering any services to any person,  firm,
corporation,  other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been
disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed.  Nothing herein will be construed as
prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies  available to the Bank for
such  breach or  threatened  breach,  including  the  recovery  of damages  from
Executive.



                                      - 7 -

<PAGE>
11.      SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

         (a) All  payments  provided in this  Agreement  shall be timely paid in
cash or check from the general funds of the Bank. The Holding Company,  however,
unconditionally guarantees payment and provision of all amounts and benefits due
hereunder to  Executive  and, if such amounts and benefits due from the Bank are
not timely paid or provided by the Bank, such amounts and benefits shall be paid
or provided by the Holding Company.

         (b) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, to the extent
that  payments  and  benefits,  as  provided by this  Agreement,  are paid to or
received by  Executive  under the  Employment  Agreement  dated March 31,  1998,
between  Executive  and the Holding  Company,  such  compensation  payments  and
benefits  paid by the Holding  Company will be  subtracted  from any amounts due
simultaneously to Executive under similar provisions of this Agreement. Payments
pursuant to this Agreement and the Holding Company  Agreement shall be allocated
in proportion to the services  rendered and time expended on such  activities by
Executive  as  determined  by the  Holding  Company  and the Bank on a quarterly
basis.

12. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

         This Agreement  contains the entire  understanding  between the parties
hereto and supersedes  any prior  employment  agreement  between the Bank or any
predecessor  of the Bank and  Executive,  except that this  Agreement  shall not
affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation  inuring to Executive of
a kind elsewhere  provided.  No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted
to mean that  Executive  is  subject  to  receiving  fewer  benefits  than those
available to her without reference to this Agreement.

13.      NO ATTACHMENT.

         (a) Except as required by law, no right to receive  payments under this
Agreement  shall be  subject to  anticipation,  commutation,  alienation,  sale,
assignment,  encumbrance,  charge,  pledge, or  hypothecation,  or to execution,
attachment,  levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any
attempt,  voluntary  or  involuntary,  to affect any such action  shall be null,
void, and of no effect.

         (b) This Agreement  shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of,
Executive and the Bank and their respective successors, heirs, and assigns.

14.      MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

         (a)  This  Agreement  may  not be  modified  or  amended  except  by an
instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

         (b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been
waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision
of this Agreement,  except by written  instrument of the party charged with such
waiver or estoppel.  No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing  waiver
unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate


                                      - 8 -

<PAGE>

only as to the  specific  term or  condition  waived and shall not  constitute a
waiver of such term or  condition  for the  future as to any act other than that
specifically waived.

15.      REQUIRED PROVISIONS.

         (a) The Bank may terminate Executive's  employment at any time, but any
termination by the Bank, other than  Termination for Cause,  shall not prejudice
Executive's  right to  compensation  or other  benefits  under  this  Agreement.
Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for
any period after Termination for Cause as defined in Section 7 hereinabove.

         (b) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited
from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by a notice served under
Section  8(e)(3) or 8(g)(1) of the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act,  12 U.S.C.
ss.1818(e)(3)  or (g)(1);  the Bank 's obligations  under this contract shall be
suspended as of the date of service,  unless stayed by appropriate  proceedings.
If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion:  (i)
pay  Executive all or part of the  compensation  withheld  while their  contract
obligations were suspended;  and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the
obligations which were suspended.

         (c)  If  Executive  is  removed  and/or  permanently   prohibited  from
participating  in the  conduct of the Bank's  affairs by an order  issued  under
Section  8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act,  12 U.S.C.
ss.1818(e)(4)  or (g)(1),  all obligations of the Bank under this contract shall
terminate  as of the  effective  date of the  order,  but  vested  rights of the
contracting parties shall not be affected.

         (d) If the Bank is in default  as  defined  in  Section  3(x)(1) of the
Federal Deposit  Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C.  ss.1813(x)(1)  all obligations of the
Bank under this  contract  shall  terminate as of the date of default,  but this
paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

         (e)  All   obligations  of  the  Bank  under  this  contract  shall  be
terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is
necessary for the continued operation of the institution: (i) by the Director of
the OTS (or her designee), the FDIC or the Resolution Trust Corporation,  at the
time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide  assistance to or on behalf of
the Bank under the authority  contained in Section 13(c) of the Federal  Deposit
Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. ss.1823(c);  or (ii) by the Director of the OTS (or her
designee)  at the time the  Director (or her  designee)  approves a  supervisory
merger to resolve  problems  related to the  operations  of the Bank or when the
Bank is determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition.  Any
rights of the parties that have already vested,  however,  shall not be affected
by such action.

         (f) Any  payments  made to  Executive  pursuant to this  Agreement,  or
otherwise,  are  subject  to and  conditioned  upon  compliance  with 12  U.S.C.
ss.1828(k) and 12 C.F.R.  ss.545.121 and any rules and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder.



                                      - 9 -

<PAGE>
16.      REINSTATEMENT OF BENEFITS UNDER SECTION 15(b).

         In the event Executive is suspended and/or temporarily  prohibited from
participating  in the  conduct of the Bank's  affairs by a notice  described  in
Section  15(b) hereof (the  "Notice")  during the term of this  Agreement  and a
Change  in  Control,  as  defined  herein,  occurs,  the Bank  will  assume  its
obligation  to  pay  and  Executive  will  be  entitled  to  receive  all of the
termination  benefits  provided for under Section 5 of this  Agreement  upon the
Bank's receipt of a dismissal of charges in the Notice.

17.      SEVERABILITY.

         If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any
provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision
of this  Agreement or any part of such  provision not held so invalid,  and each
such other  provision and part thereof shall to the full extent  consistent with
law continue in full force and effect.

18.      HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

         The headings of sections and paragraphs  herein are included solely for
convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or  interpretation of
any of the provisions of this Agreement.

         Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine, feminine or neutor
gender,  they shall be construed as though they were also used in another gender
in all cases where they would so apply.

19.      GOVERNING LAW.

         The  validity,  interpretation,  performance  and  enforcement  of this
Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of  Pennsylvania,  but only
to the extent not superseded by federal law.

20.      ARBITRATION.

         Notwithstanding  any right to  enforcement  under  Section  10(a),  any
dispute or controversy  arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall
be  settled  exclusively  by  arbitration,  conducted  before  a panel  of three
arbitrators  sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles
from the  location of the Bank,  in  accordance  with the rules of the  American
Arbitration  Association  then  in  effect.  Judgment  may  be  entered  on  the
arbitrator's award in any court having  jurisdiction;  provided,  however,  that
Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of her right to be paid
until the Date of Termination  during the pendency of any dispute or controversy
arising under or in connection with this Agreement,  other than in the case of a
Termination for Cause.

         In the event any dispute or controversy  arising under or in connection
with  Executive's  termination  is  resolved in favor of  Executive,  whether by
judgment, arbitration or settlement,  Executive shall be entitled to the payment
of all back-pay, including salary, bonuses and any other


                                     - 10 -

<PAGE>
cash  compensation,  fringe  benefits  and any  compensation  and  benefits  due
Executive under this Agreement.

21.      PAYMENT OF COSTS AND LEGAL FEES.

         All  reasonable  costs and legal  fees paid or  incurred  by  Executive
pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement
shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank if Executive is successful on the merits
pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement.

22.      INDEMNIFICATION.

         (a)  Subject to the  provisions  of  Section 15 hereof,  the Bank shall
provide  Executive  (including  her heirs,  executors and  administrators)  with
coverage under a standard directors' and officers' liability insurance policy at
its  expense,  and shall  indemnify  Executive  (and her  heirs,  executors  and
administrators)  to the fullest extent permitted under  Pennsylvania law against
all expenses and  liabilities  reasonably  incurred by her in connection with or
arising out of any action,  suit or  proceeding  in which she may be involved by
reason of her having been a director or officer of the Bank  (whether or not she
continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring  such expenses or
liabilities),  such expenses and liabilities to include,  but not be limited to,
judgments,   court  costs  and  attorneys'  fees  and  the  cost  of  reasonable
settlements.

23.      SUCCESSOR TO THE BANK.

         The Bank shall  require any  successor or assignee,  whether  direct or
indirect,  by  purchase,   merger,   consolidation  or  otherwise,   to  all  or
substantially  all the  business or assets of the Bank or the  Holding  Company,
expressly  and  unconditionally  to  assume  and  agree to  perform  the  Bank's
obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that
the Bank would be required to perform if no such  succession or  assignment  had
taken place.



                                     - 11 -

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  First  Federal  Bank and  Northeast  Pennsylvania
Financial  Corp. have caused this Agreement to be executed and their seals to be
affixed hereunto by their duly authorized officers and directors,  and Executive
has signed this Agreement, on the 31 day of March, 1998.


ATTEST:                                 FIRST FEDERAL BANK




/s/ Megan Kennedy                       By: /s/ Thomas L. Kennedy
Megan Kennedy                           Thomas L. Kennedy
Secretary                               Chairman of the Board of Directors
                                        For the Entire Board of Directors



         [SEAL]


ATTEST:                                 NORTHEAST PENNSYLVANIA FINANCIAL
                                        CORP.

                                        (Guarantor)


/s/ Megan Kennedy                       By: /s/ Thomas L. Kennedy
Megan Kennedy                           Thomas L. Kennedy
Secretary                               Chairman of the Board of Directors
                                        For the Entire Board of Directors

         [SEAL]




                                        /s/ E. Lee Beard
                                        E. Lee Beard
                                        Executive



                                     - 12 -



Exhibit 10.4

         Mr.  Kennedy's  Employment  Agreement  is the  same  as the  Employment
Agreement in Exhibit 10.1,  which is incorporated  herein by reference except as
to: (i) the name of the signatory, which is Thomas L. Kennedy; (ii) the position
in Section 1,  which is  Chairman  of the  Board;  (iii) the  signatory  for the
Company,  which is E. Lee Beard; (iv) the guarantor for the Company, which is E.
Lee Beard;  and (v) the  amount of the base  salary in  Section  3(a),  which is
$118,000.



                     NORTHEAST PENNSYLVANIA FINANCIAL CORP.
                      TWO-YEAR CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT


     This  AGREEMENT  is made  effective  as of March 31,  1998,  by and between
Northeast  Pennsylvania  Financial Corp. (the "Holding Company"),  a corporation
organized  under the laws of the State of  Delaware,  with its office at 12 East
Broad Street, Hazleton,  Pennsylvania,  and Patrick J. Owens, Jr. ("Executive").
The term "Bank" refers to First Federal Bank, the wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Holding Company or any successor thereto.

         WHEREAS,  the Holding Company  recognizes the substantial  contribution
Executive  has made to the Holding  Company  and wishes to protect his  position
therewith for the period provided in this Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  Executive  has agreed to serve in the  employ of the  Holding
Company or an affiliate thereof.

         NOW,   THEREFORE,    in   consideration   of   the   contribution   and
responsibilities  of  Executive,   and  upon  the  other  terms  and  conditions
hereinafter provided, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.       TERM OF AGREEMENT.

         The period of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to have  commenced as of
the date first above written and shall continue for a period of twenty-four (24)
full calendar months thereafter. Commencing on the date of the execution of this
Agreement,  the term of this  Agreement  shall be extended  for one day each day
until such time as the board of directors of the Holding  Company (the  "Board")
or Executive  elects not to extend the term of the  Agreement by giving  written
notice to the other party in  accordance  with Section 4 of this  Agreement,  in
which case the term of this Agreement shall be fixed and shall end on the second
anniversary of the date of such written notice.

2.       CHANGE IN CONTROL.

         (a) Upon the  occurrence of a Change in Control of the Holding  Company
(as herein  defined)  followed at any time during the term of this  Agreement by
the  termination  of Executive's  employment,  the provisions of Section 3 shall
apply.  Upon the  occurrence  of a Change in Control,  Executive  shall have the
right to elect to  voluntarily  terminate his  employment at any time during the
term of  this  Agreement  following  any  demotion,  loss of  title,  office  or
significant authority, reduction in annual compensation or material reduction in
benefits,  or relocation  of his  principal  place of employment by more than 25
miles from its location immediately prior to the Change in Control,  unless such
termination is because of death or termination for cause.



                                        1

<PAGE>



         (b) For purposes of this  Agreement,  a "Change in Control" of the Bank
or Holding  Company shall mean an event of a nature that:  (i) would be required
to be reported in response to Item 1(a) of the Current Report on Form 8-K, as in
effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant  to Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934  (the  "Exchange  Act");  or (ii)  results  in a Change in
Control  of the Bank or the  Holding  Company  within  the  meaning  of the Home
Owners' Loan Act of 1933, as amended,  the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or the
Rules and Regulations  promulgated by the Office of Thrift  Supervision  ("OTS")
(or its predecessor agency), as in effect on the date hereof (provided,  that in
applying  the  definition  of change in control as set forth under the rules and
regulations of the OTS, the Board shall  substitute its judgment for that of the
OTS);  or (iii) without  limitation  such a Change in Control shall be deemed to
have  occurred at such time as (A) any "person" (as the term is used in Sections
13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange  Act) is or becomes the  "beneficial  owner" (as
defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of voting
securities of the Bank or the Holding  Company  representing  20% or more of the
Bank's or the Holding  Company's  outstanding  voting  securities except for any
voting  securities  of the Bank  purchased by the Holding  Company in connection
with the  conversion  of the Bank to the stock  form and any  voting  securities
purchased  by any  employee  benefit plan of the Bank,  or (B)  individuals  who
constitute  the Board on the date hereof (the  "Incumbent  Board") cease for any
reason to  constitute  at least a  majority  thereof,  provided  that any person
becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by
a vote of at least  three-quarters  of the  directors  comprising  the Incumbent
Board, or whose  nomination for election by the Holding  Company's  stockholders
was approved by the same Nominating  Committee serving under an Incumbent Board,
shall be, for purposes of this clause (B), considered as though he were a member
of the Incumbent Board, or (C) a plan of reorganization,  merger, consolidation,
sale of all or  substantially  all the assets of the Bank or the Holding Company
or similar  transaction  occurs in which the Bank or Holding  Company is not the
resulting  entity;  provided,  however,  that such an event listed above will be
deemed to have  occurred  or to have been  effectuated  upon the  receipt of all
required federal  regulatory  approvals not including the lapse of any statutory
waiting periods, or (D) a proxy statement is distributed soliciting proxies from
stockholders  of  the  Holding  Company,  by  someone  other  than  the  current
management of the Holding  Company,  seeking  stockholder  approval of a plan of
reorganization,  merger or consolidation of the Holding Company or Bank with one
or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of
securities  then  subject  to such  plan or  transaction  are  exchanged  for or
converted  into cash or  property  or  securities  not issued by the Bank or the
Holding Company shall be  distributed,  or (E) a tender offer is made for 20% or
more of the voting securities of the Bank or Holding Company then outstanding.

         (c) Executive shall not have the right to receive termination  benefits
pursuant to Section 3 hereof upon Termination for Cause.  The term  "Termination
for Cause"  shall mean  termination  because of a material  loss to the  Holding
Company or one of its Subsidiaries caused by Executive's  intentional failure to
perform stated duties, personal dishonesty,  willful violation of any law, rule,
regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses),  final cease and
desist order,  or any material  breach of this  Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  Executive  shall not be deemed  to have  been  Terminated  for Cause
unless and until there shall have been  delivered  to him a copy of a resolution
duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less


                                        2

<PAGE>



than  three-fourths of the members of the Board at a meeting of the Board called
and  held  for  that  purpose  (after  reasonable  notice  to  Executive  and an
opportunity  for him,  together  with  counsel,  to be heard  before the Board),
finding  that in the good faith  opinion of the Board,  Executive  was guilty of
conduct justifying  Termination for Cause and specifying the particulars thereof
in detail.  Executive shall not have the right to receive  compensation or other
benefits for any period after Termination for Cause. During the period beginning
on the date of the Notice of Termination  for Cause pursuant to Section 4 hereof
through  the Date of  Termination,  stock  options and  related  limited  rights
granted to Executive  under any stock option plan shall not be  exercisable  nor
shall any unvested  awards granted to Executive  under any stock benefit plan of
the Bank, the Holding Company or any subsidiary or affiliate  thereof,  vest. At
the Date of  Termination,  such stock options and related limited rights and any
such unvested awards, shall become null and void and shall not be exercisable by
or delivered to Executive at any time subsequent to such Termination For Cause.

3.       TERMINATION BENEFITS.

         (a) Upon the  occurrence  of a Change in Control,  followed at any time
during the term of this Agreement by the voluntary or involuntary termination of
Executive's  employment,  other  than for  Termination  for Cause,  the  Holding
Company shall be obligated to pay  Executive,  or in the event of his subsequent
death, his beneficiary or  beneficiaries,  or his estate,  as the case may be, a
sum equal to three (3) times  Executive's  average annual  compensation  for the
five most recent  taxable years that  Executive has been employed by the Bank or
such lesser number of years in the event that Executive shall have been employed
by the Bank for less than five years.  Such annual  compensation  shall  include
Base Salary, commissions,  bonuses,  contributions on behalf of Executive to any
pension and profit sharing plan, severance payments,  director or committee fees
and fringe  benefits paid or to be paid to the Executive  during such years.  At
the  election  of  Executive  which  election is to be made prior to a Change in
Control, such payment shall be made in a lump sum. In the event that no election
is made,  payment to Executive will be made on a monthly basis in  approximately
equal  installments  during the remaining term of this Agreement.  Such payments
shall not be reduced in the event Executive  obtains other employment  following
termination of employment.

         (b)  Upon the  occurrence  of a Change  in  Control  of the Bank or the
Holding  Company  followed  at any time  during  the term of this  Agreement  by
Executive's termination of employment, other than for Termination for Cause, the
Holding  Company  shall  cause to be  continued  life,  medical  and  disability
coverage  substantially  identical  to the coverage  maintained  by the Bank for
Executive  prior to his  severance,  except to the extent such  coverage  may be
changed in its  application  to all Bank  employees.  Such coverage and payments
shall cease upon expiration of twenty-four  (24) full calendar months  following
the Date of Termination.



                                        3

<PAGE>



         (c) Notwithstanding the preceding  paragraphs of this Section 3, in the
event that:

(i)  the  aggregate  payments or  benefits to be made or afforded to  Executive,
     which are deemed to be parachute payments as defined in Section 280G of the
     Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended  (the "Code") or any  successor
     thereof, (the "Termination Benefits") would be deemed to include an "excess
     parachute payment" under Section 280G of the Code; and

(ii) if such Termination Benefits were reduced to an amount (the "Non-Triggering
     Amount"),  the  value of which is one  dollar  ($1.00)  less than an amount
     equal to three  (3) times  Executive's  "base  amount,"  as  determined  in
     accordance  with said Section 280G and the  Non-Triggering  Amount less the
     product of the marginal rate of any applicable state and federal income tax
     and the Non Triggering  Amount would be greater than the aggregate value of
     the Termination  Benefits  (without such reduction) minus (i) the amount of
     tax  required to be paid by the  Executive  thereon by Section  4999 of the
     Code and further minus (ii) the product of the Termination Benefits and the
     marginal  rate of any  applicable  state and federal  income tax,  then the
     Termination  Benefits shall be reduced to the  Non-Triggering  Amount.  The
     allocation of the reduction required hereby among the Termination  Benefits
     shall be determined by the Executive.

4.       NOTICE OF TERMINATION.

         (a) Any purported  termination by the Holding Company,  or by Executive
shall be  communicated  by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto.  For
purposes  of this  Agreement,  a "Notice  of  Termination"  shall mean a written
notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement
relied upon and shall set forth in detail the facts and circumstances claimed to
provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated.

         (b) "Date of  Termination"  shall mean the date specified in the Notice
of Termination  (which, in the case of Termination for Cause,  shall not be less
than thirty (30) days from the date such Notice of Termination is given).

         (c) If,  within  thirty  (30) days after any Notice of  Termination  is
given,  the party receiving such Notice of Termination  notifies the other party
that a dispute exists concerning the termination,  the Date of Termination shall
be the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written
agreement  of  the  parties,  by a  binding  arbitration  award,  or by a  final
judgment,  order or decree of a court of  competent  jurisdiction  (the time for
appeal  therefrom  having  expired  and no appeal  having  been  perfected)  and
provided further that the Date of


                                        4

<PAGE>



Termination  shall be  extended  by a notice of dispute  only if such  notice is
given in good faith and the party giving such notice  pursues the  resolution of
such dispute with reasonable diligence. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such
dispute,   the  Holding   Company  will  continue  to  pay  Executive  his  full
compensation  in effect  when the notice  giving  rise to the  dispute was given
(including,  but not limited to his current annual salary) and continue him as a
participant  in all  compensation,  benefit and insurance  plans in which he was
participating when the notice of dispute was given, until the dispute is finally
resolved in accordance with this Agreement. Amounts paid under this Section 4(c)
are in addition to all other  amounts due under this  Agreement and shall not be
offset against or reduce any other amounts due under this Agreement.

5.       SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

         It is intended by the parties hereto that all payments provided in this
Agreement  shall be paid in cash or check from the general  funds of the Holding
Company.  Further,  the Holding Company guarantees such payment and provision of
all amounts and  benefits due  hereunder  to  Executive  and, if such amount and
benefits  due from the Bank are not timely paid or  provided  by the Bank,  such
amounts and benefits shall be paid and provided by the Holding Company.

6.       EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFIT PLANS.

         This Agreement  contains the entire  understanding  between the parties
hereto and  supersedes  any prior  agreement  between  the  Holding  Company and
Executive,  except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any
benefit or compensation  inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere  provided.  No
provision  of this  Agreement  shall be  interpreted  to mean that  Executive is
subject  to  receiving  fewer  benefits  than  those  available  to him  without
reference to this Agreement.

         Nothing in this  Agreement  shall  confer upon  Executive  the right to
continue  in the employ of the  Holding  Company or shall  impose on the Holding
Company  any  obligation  to employ or retain  Executive  in its  employ for any
period.

7.       NO ATTACHMENT.

         (a) Except as required by law, no right to receive  payments under this
Agreement  shall be  subject to  anticipation,  commutation,  alienation,  sale,
assignment,  encumbrance,  charge,  pledge, or  hypothecation,  or to execution,
attachment,  levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any
attempt,  voluntary  or  involuntary,  to affect any such action  shall be null,
void, and of no effect.

         (b) This Agreement  shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of,
Executive, the Holding Company and their respective successors and assigns.



                                        5

<PAGE>



8.       MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

         (a)  This  Agreement  may  not be  modified  or  amended  except  by an
instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

         (b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been
waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision
of this Agreement,  except by written  instrument of the party charged with such
waiver or estoppel.  No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing  waiver
unless specifically  stated therein,  and each such waiver shall operate only as
to the specific  term or condition  waived and shall not  constitute a waiver of
such  term  or  condition  for  the  future  or as to any act  other  than  that
specifically waived.

9.       REINSTATEMENT OF BENEFITS UNDER BANK AGREEMENT.

         In the event Executive is suspended and/or temporarily  prohibited from
participating  in the  conduct of the Bank's  affairs by a notice  described  in
Section 9(b) of the  Change-in-Control  Agreement between Executive and the Bank
dated March 31, 1998, (the "Bank  Agreement")  during the term of this Agreement
and a Change in Control,  as defined  herein,  occurs the Holding  Company  will
assume its  obligation to pay and  Executive  will be entitled to receive all of
the termination benefits provided for under Section 3 of the Bank Agreement upon
the  notification of the Holding Company of the Bank's receipt of a dismissal of
charges in the Notice.

10.      EFFECT OF ACTION UNDER BANK AGREEMENT.

         Notwithstanding  any provision  herein to the  contrary,  to the extent
that  payments and benefits are paid to or received by Executive  under the Bank
Agreement  between  Executive and Bank, the amount of such payments and benefits
paid by the Bank  will be  subtracted  from any  amount  due  simultaneously  to
Executive under similar provisions of this Agreement.

11.      SEVERABILITY.

         If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any
provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision
of this  Agreement or any part of such  provision not held so invalid,  and each
such other  provision and part thereof shall to the full extent  consistent with
law continue in full force and effect.

12.      HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

         The headings of sections and paragraphs  herein are included solely for
convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or  interpretation of
any of the provisions of this Agreement.  In addition,  references herein to the
masculine shall apply to both the masculine and the feminine.



                                        6

<PAGE>



13.      GOVERNING LAW.

         The validity,  interpretation,  performance,  and  enforcement  of this
Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware  without regard
to principles of conflicts of law of this state.

14.      ARBITRATION.

         Any dispute or  controversy  arising under or in  connection  with this
Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration,  conducted before a panel
of three  arbitrators  sitting in a location  selected by Executive within fifty
(50) miles from the  location of the Holding  Company,  in  accordance  with the
rules of the American  Arbitration  Association then in effect.  Judgment may be
entered on the arbitrator's  award in any court having  jurisdiction;  provided,
however,  that Executive  shall be entitled to seek specific  performance of his
right to be paid  until  the Date of  Termination  during  the  pendency  of any
dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

15.      PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES.

         All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any
dispute or question of  interpretation  relating to this Agreement shall be paid
or  reimbursed by the Holding  Company if Executive is successful  pursuant to a
legal judgment, arbitration or settlement.

16.      INDEMNIFICATION.

         (a) The Holding Company shall provide  Executive  (including his heirs,
executors and  administrators)  with coverage  under a standard  directors'  and
officers'  liability  insurance  policy  at its  expense,  and  shall  indemnify
Executive (and his heirs,  executors and  administrators)  to the fullest extent
permitted  under  Delaware  law  and  as  provided  in  the  Holding   Company's
certificate of  incorporation  against all expenses and  liabilities  reasonably
incurred  by him in  connection  with  or  arising  out of any  action,  suit or
proceeding  in which he may be  involved by reason of his having been a director
or officer of the Holding Company  (whether or not he continues to be a director
or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses
and liabilities to include,  but not be limited to,  judgments,  court costs and
attorneys' fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.

         (b) Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Section are subject
to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C.  Section 1828(k) and 12 C.F.R.
Part 359 and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.


                                        7

<PAGE>



17.      SUCCESSOR TO THE HOLDING COMPANY.

         The Holding  Company shall  require any successor or assignee,  whether
direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,  consolidation or otherwise, to all or
substantially  all the  business or assets of the Bank or the  Holding  Company,
expressly  and  unconditionally  to assume  and  agree to  perform  the  Holding
Company's  obligations under this Agreement,  in the same manner and to the same
extent  that  the  Holding  Company  would be  required  to  perform  if no such
succession or assignment had taken place.


                                        8

<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Holding  Company has caused this  Agreement to be
executed  by  its  duly  authorized  officer,  and  Executive  has  signed  this
Agreement, on the 31st day of March, 1998.

ATTEST:                                 NORTHEAST PENNSYLVANIA FINANCIAL
                                        CORP.

                      
/s/ Megan Kennedy                   By: /s/ E. Lee Beard
Megan Kennedy                           E. Lee Beard
Secretary                               President and Chief Executive Officer
                                        For the Entire Board of Directors


                                        /s/ Patrick J. Owens, Jr.
                                        ---------------------------------
                                        Patrick J. Owens, Jr.
                                        Executive

Seal

     
                                        9


                               FIRST FEDERAL BANK
                      TWO-YEAR CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT


         This AGREEMENT is made  effective as of March  31,1998,  by and between
First Federal Bank (the "Bank"), a federally chartered savings institution, with
its principal administrative office at 12 East Broad Street, Hazleton, PA 18201,
Patrick J. Owens, Jr. ("Executive"),  and Northeast Pennsylvania Financial Corp.
(the "Holding Company"),  a corporation organized under the laws of the State of
Delaware which is the holding company of the Bank.

         WHEREAS, the Bank recognizes the substantial contribution Executive has
made to the Bank and wishes to protect  Executive's  position  therewith for the
period provided in this Agreement; and

         WHEREAS, Executive has agreed to serve in the employ of the Bank.

         NOW,   THEREFORE,    in   consideration   of   the   contribution   and
responsibilities  of  Executive,   and  upon  the  other  terms  and  conditions
hereinafter provided, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.       TERM OF AGREEMENT.

         The term of the First Federal Bank Two-Year Change in Control Agreement
(the  "Agreement")  shall be deemed to have commenced as of the date first above
written and shall continue for a period of twenty-four (24) full calendar months
thereafter.  Commencing  on the first  anniversary  date of this  Agreement  and
continuing at each anniversary  date  thereafter,  the Board of Directors of the
Bank  ("Board") may extend the Agreement for an additional  year. The Board will
review the  Agreement  and  Executive's  performance  annually  for  purposes of
determining  whether to extend the Agreement,  and the results  thereof shall be
included in the minutes of the Board's meeting.

2.       CHANGE IN CONTROL.

         (a) If a Change in Control  (as  defined  herein)  has  occurred or the
Board has determined  that a Change in Control has occurred,  Executive shall be
entitled to the benefits  provided in Section 3 upon his subsequent  termination
of  employment  at any  time  during  the  term  of  this  Agreement  due to (i)
Executive's  dismissal,  or (ii) Executive's voluntary resignation following any
demotion,  loss of title,  office or  significant  authority or  responsibility,
reduction  in the annual  compensation  or  material  reduction  in  benefits or
relocation of his  principal  place of employment by more than 25 miles from its
location immediately prior to the Change in Control,  unless such termination is
because of his death or termination for Cause.


                                        1

<PAGE>



         (b) For  purposes  of this Plan,  a "Change in  Control" of the Bank or
Holding  Company shall mean an event of a nature that:  (i) would be required to
be  reported  in  response  to Item 1 of the  Current  Report on Form 8-K, as in
effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant  to Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934  (the  "Exchange  Act");  or (ii)  results  in a Change in
Control  of the Bank or the  Holding  Company  within  the  meaning  of the Home
Owners' Loan Act of 1933, as amended,  the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or the
Rules and Regulations  promulgated by the Office of Thrift  Supervision  ("OTS")
(or its predecessor agency), as in effect on the date hereof (provided,  that in
applying  the  definition  of change in control as set forth under the Rules and
Regulations of the OTS, the Board shall  substitute its judgment for that of the
OTS);  or (iii) without  limitation  such a Change in Control shall be deemed to
have  occurred at such time as (A) any "person" (as the term is used in Sections
13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange  Act) is or becomes the  "beneficial  owner" (as
defined in Rule 13d-3  under the  Exchange  Act),  directly  or  indirectly,  of
securities of the Bank or the Holding  Company  representing  25% or more of the
Bank's  or the  Holding  Company's  outstanding  voting  securities  or right to
acquire such securities  except for any voting  securities of the Bank purchased
by the Holding  Company in  connection  with the  conversion  of the Bank to the
stock form and any voting  securities  purchased by any employee benefit plan of
the Bank or the Holding Company,  or (B) individuals who constitute the Board on
the date hereof (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease for any reason to constitute at
least  a  majority  thereof,  provided  that  any  person  becoming  a  director
subsequent to the date hereof whose  election was approved by a vote of at least
three-quarters  of the  directors  comprising  the  Incumbent  Board,  or  whose
nomination for election by the Holding  Company's  stockholders  was approved by
the same Nominating  Committee  serving under an Incumbent Board,  shall be, for
purposes  of this  clause  (B),  considered  as  though  he were a member of the
Incumbent Board, or (C) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of
all or  substantially  all the  assets  of the Bank or the  Holding  Company  or
similar  transaction  occurs in which  the Bank or  Holding  Company  is not the
resulting  entity;  provided,  however,  that such an event listed above will be
deemed to have  occurred  or to have been  effectuated  upon the  receipt of all
required regulatory approvals not including the lapse of any statutory periods.

         (c) Executive shall not have the right to receive termination  benefits
pursuant to Section 3 hereof upon Termination for Cause.  The term  "Termination
for Cause" shall mean termination  because of Executive's  personal  dishonesty,
incompetence,  willful  misconduct,  any  breach  of  fiduciary  duty  involving
personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation
of any law,  rule,  or  regulation  (other than  traffic  violations  or similar
offenses) or final  cease-and-desist  order, or material breach of any provision
of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed
to have  been  Terminated  for Cause  unless  and until  there  shall  have been
delivered  to him a  Notice  of  Termination  which  shall  include  a copy of a
resolution duly adopted by the  affirmative  vote of not less than a majority of
the Board of Directors of the Bank at a meeting of the Board called and held for
that purpose (after  reasonable  notice to Executive and an opportunity for him,
together with counsel,  to be heard before the Board),  finding that in the good
faith  opinion  of  the  Board,  Executive's  conduct  justified  a  finding  of
Termination  for  Cause  and  specifying  the  particulars  thereof  in  detail.
Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for
any period after the Date of Termination for Cause.  During the period beginning
on the date of the


                                        2

<PAGE>



Notice of Termination for Cause pursuant to Section 4 hereof through the Date of
Termination  for Cause,  stock  options and related  limited  rights  granted to
Executive  under any stock  option plan shall not be  exercisable  nor shall any
unvested  awards granted to Executive  under any stock benefit plan of the Bank,
the  Company  or any  subsidiary  or  affiliate  thereof,  vest.  At the Date of
Termination  for Cause,  such stock options and related  limited  rights and any
such unvested  awards shall become null and void and shall not be exercisable by
or delivered to Executive at any time subsequent to such Termination for Cause.

3.       TERMINATION BENEFITS.

         (a) Upon the  occurrence  of a Change in Control,  followed at any time
during the term of this Agreement by termination of the  Executive's  employment
due to: (1)  Executive's  dismissal  or (2)  Executive's  voluntary  termination
pursuant to Section 2(a),  unless such  termination  is due to  Termination  for
Cause, the Bank and the Holding Company shall pay Executive,  or in the event of
his subsequent  death, his beneficiary or  beneficiaries,  or his estate, as the
case  may be,  a sum  equal  to  three  (3)  times  Executive's  average  annual
compensation  for the five most recent  taxable  years that  Executive  has been
employed by the Bank or such lesser number of years in the event that  Executive
shall have been  employed  by the Bank for less than five  years.  Such  average
annual   compensation   shall   include  Base  Salary,   commissions,   bonuses,
contributions  on Executive's  behalf to any pension and/or profit sharing plan,
severance  payments,  retirement  payments,  directors or committee fees, fringe
benefits paid or to be paid to the Executive in any such year and payment of any
expense items without accountability or business purpose or that do not meet the
Internal Revenue Service  requirements for  deductibility by the Bank;  provided
however,  that any payment under this provision and subsection  3(b) below shall
not exceed three (3) times the Executive's average annual  compensation.  At the
election  of  Executive,  which  election  is to be made  prior to a  Change  in
Control, such payment shall be made in a lump sum. In the event that no election
is made,  payment to Executive will be made on a monthly basis in  approximately
equal installments during the remaining term of this Agreement.

         (b)  Upon the  occurrence  of a Change  in  Control  of the Bank or the
Holding  Company  followed  at any time  during  the term of this  Agreement  by
Executive's voluntary or involuntary  termination of employment,  other than for
Termination for Cause,  the Bank shall cause to be continued  life,  medical and
disability  coverage  substantially  identical to the coverage maintained by the
Bank or Holding  Company for  Executive  prior to his  severance,  except to the
extent such  coverage may be changed in its  application  to all Bank or Holding
Company employees on a nondiscriminatory basis. Such coverage and payments shall
cease upon the expiration of twenty-four (24) full calendar months from the Date
of Termination.

         (c) Notwithstanding  the preceding  paragraphs of this Section 3, in no
event  shall the  aggregate  payments  or  benefits  to be made or  afforded  to
Executive  under said  paragraphs  (the  "Termination  Benefits")  constitute an
"excess  parachute  payment"  under  Section  280G of the Code or any  successor
thereto,  and in order  to avoid  such a  result  Termination  Benefits  will be
reduced, if necessary, to an amount (the "Non-Triggering  Amount"), the value of
which is one


                                        3

<PAGE>



dollar  ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times  Executive's  "base
amount," as determined in accordance  with said Section 280G.  The allocation of
the reduction  required  hereby among the Termination  Benefits  provided by the
preceding paragraphs of this Section 3 shall be determined by Executive.

4.       NOTICE OF TERMINATION.

         (a) Any purported termination by the Bank or by Executive in connection
with a Change in Control shall be  communicated  by Notice of Termination to the
other party hereto.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination"
shall mean a written  notice  which  shall  indicate  the  specific  termination
provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail
the facts and  circumstances  claimed  to  provide  a basis for  termination  of
Executive's employment under the provision so indicated.

         (b) "Date of  Termination"  shall mean the date specified in the Notice
of Termination  (which,  in the instance of Termination for Cause,  shall not be
less than thirty (30) days from the date such Notice of Termination is given).

         (c) If,  within  thirty  (30) days after any Notice of  Termination  is
given,  the party receiving such Notice of Termination  notifies the other party
that a dispute exists concerning the termination,  the Date of Termination shall
be the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written
agreement  of  the  parties,  by a  binding  arbitration  award,  or by a  final
judgment,  order or decree of a court of  competent  jurisdiction  (the time for
appeal  therefrom  having  expired  and no appeal  having  been  perfected)  and
provided  further that the Date of Termination  shall be extended by a notice of
dispute  only if such  notice is given in good faith and the party  giving  such
notice  pursues  the  resolution  of such  dispute  with  reasonable  diligence.
Notwithstanding  the pendency of any such dispute in connection with a Change in
Control,  in the event the  Executive  is  terminated  for  reasons  other  than
Termination  for  Cause,  the  Bank  will  continue  to pay  Executive  his full
compensation  in effect  when the notice  giving  rise to the  dispute was given
(including,  but  not  limited  to his  annual  salary)  and  continue  him as a
participant  in all  compensation,  benefit and insurance  plans in which he was
participating  when the notice of dispute  was given,  until the earlier of: (1)
the  resolution  of the dispute in  accordance  with this  Agreement  or (2) the
expiration of the remaining  term of this Agreement as determined as of the Date
of Termination.

5.       SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

         It is intended by the parties hereto that all payments provided in this
Agreement  shall be paid in cash or check  from the  general  funds of the Bank.
Further,  the Holding  Company  guarantees  such  payment and  provision  of all
amounts and  benefits  due  hereunder  to  Executive  and,  if such  amounts and
benefits  due from the Bank are not timely paid or  provided  by the Bank,  such
amounts and benefits shall be paid or provided by the Holding Company.



                                        4

<PAGE>



6.       EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFIT PLANS.

         This Agreement  contains the entire  understanding  between the parties
hereto and supersedes any prior agreement between the Bank and Executive, except
that this  Agreement  shall not  affect or  operate  to reduce  any  benefit  or
compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided.  No provision of
this  Agreement  shall be  interpreted  to mean that  Executive  is  subject  to
receiving fewer benefits than those  available to him without  reference to this
Agreement.

         Nothing in this  Agreement  shall  confer upon  Executive  the right to
continue  in the employ of Bank or shall  impose on the Bank any  obligation  to
employ or retain Executive in its employ for any period.

7.       NO ATTACHMENT.

         (a) Except as required by law, no right to receive  payments under this
Agreement  shall be  subject to  anticipation,  commutation,  alienation,  sale,
assignment,  encumbrance,  charge,  pledge, or  hypothecation,  or to execution,
attachment,  levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any
attempt,  voluntary  or  involuntary,  to affect any such action  shall be null,
void, and of no effect.

         (b) This Agreement  shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of,
Executive, the Bank and their respective successors, heirs and assigns.

8.       MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

         (a)  This  Agreement  may  not be  modified  or  amended  except  by an
instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

         (b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been
waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision
of this Agreement,  except by written  instrument of the party charged with such
waiver or estoppel.  No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing  waiver
unless specifically  stated therein,  and each such waiver shall operate only as
to the specific  term or condition  waived and shall not  constitute a waiver of
such  term  or  condition  for  the  future  or as to any act  other  than  that
specifically waived.

9.       REQUIRED REGULATORY PROVISIONS.

         (a) The board of directors may terminate Executive's  employment at any
time, but any termination by the board of directors,  other than Termination for
Cause,  shall not prejudice  Executive's right to compensation or other benefits
under this Agreement. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation
or other  benefits  for any  period  after  Termination  for Cause as defined in
Section 2(c) hereinabove.



                                        5

<PAGE>



         (b) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited
from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by a notice served under
Section  8(e)(3) or  8(g)(1) of the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act (12 U.S.C.
ss.1818(e)(3) or (g)(1)),  the Bank's  obligations  under this contract shall be
suspended as of the date of service,  unless stayed by appropriate  proceedings.
If the charges in the notice are  dismissed,  the Bank may in its discretion (i)
pay  Executive all or part of the  compensation  withheld  while their  contract
obligations  were  suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the
obligations which were suspended.

         (c)  If  Executive  is  removed  and/or  permanently   prohibited  from
participating  in the  conduct of the Bank's  affairs by an order  issued  under
Section  8(e)(4) or  8(g)(1) of the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act (12 U.S.C.
ss.1818(c)(4) or (g)(1)),  all obligations of the Bank under this contract shall
terminate  as of the  effective  date of the  order,  but  vested  rights of the
contracting parties shall not be affected.

         (d) If the Bank is in default  as  defined  in  Section  3(x)(1) of the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance Act, all obligations of the Bank under this contract
shall  terminate as of the date of default,  but this paragraph shall not affect
any vested rights of the contracting parties.

         (e) All obligations under this contract shall be terminated,  except to
the extent  determined  that  continuation  of the contract is necessary for the
continued  operation  of the  institution:  (i) by the Director of the Office of
Thrift  Supervision  (or his or her  designee)  at the time the Federal  Deposit
Insurance  Corporation  enters into an agreement to provide  assistance to or on
behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) of the Federal
Deposit  Insurance  Act;  or  (ii)  by the  Director  of the  Office  of  Thrift
Supervision  (or his or her  designee)  at the time the  Director (or his or her
designee) approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation
of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or
unsound condition.  Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however,
shall not be affected by such action.

         (f) Any  payments  made to  Executive  pursuant to this  Agreement,  or
otherwise,  are  subject  to and  conditioned  upon  compliance  with 12  U.S.C.
ss.1828(k) and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

10.      REINSTATEMENT OF BENEFITS UNDER SECTION 9(b).

         In the event Executive is suspended and/or temporarily  prohibited from
participating  in the  conduct of the Bank's  affairs by a notice  described  in
Section  9(b)  hereof (the  "Notice")  during the term of this  Agreement  and a
Change  in  Control,  as  defined  herein,  occurs,  the Bank  will  assume  its
obligation  to  pay  and  Executive  will  be  entitled  to  receive  all of the
termination  benefits  provided for under Section 3 of this  Agreement  upon the
Bank's receipt of a dismissal of charges in the Notice.



                                        6

<PAGE>



11.      SEVERABILITY.

         If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any
provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision
of this  Agreement or any part of such  provision not held so invalid,  and each
such other  provision and part thereof shall to the full extent  consistent with
law continue in full force and effect.

12.      HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

         The headings of sections and paragraphs  herein are included solely for
convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or  interpretation of
any  of the  provisions  of  this  Agreement.  In  addition,  references  to the
masculine shall apply equally to the feminine.

13.      GOVERNING LAW.

         The validity,  interpretation,  performance,  and  enforcement  of this
Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Pennsylvania but only to
the extent not preempted by Federal law.

14.      ARBITRATION.

         Any dispute or  controversy  arising under or in  connection  with this
Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration,  conducted before a panel
of three  arbitrators  sitting in a location  selected by Executive within fifty
(50) miles from the location of the Bank's main office,  in accordance  with the
rules of the American  Arbitration  Association then in effect.  Judgment may be
entered on the arbitrator's  award in any court having  jurisdiction;  provided,
however,  that Executive  shall be entitled to seek specific  performance of his
right to be paid  until  the Date of  Termination  during  the  pendency  of any
dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement, other
than in the case of a Termination for Cause.

15.      PAYMENT OF COSTS AND LEGAL FEES.

         All  reasonable  costs and legal  fees paid or  incurred  by  Executive
pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement
shall be paid or  reimbursed by the Bank (which  payments are  guaranteed by the
Holding Company  pursuant to Section 5 hereof) if Executive is successful on the
merits pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement.

16.      INDEMNIFICATION.

                  (a) The Bank shall  provide  Executive  (including  his heirs,
executors and  administrators)  with coverage  under a standard  directors'  and
officers'  liability  insurance  policy  at its  expense,  and  shall  indemnify
Executive (and his heirs,  executors and  administrators)  to the fullest extent
permitted under Pennsylvania law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably
incurred  by him in  connection  with  or  arising  out of any  action,  suit or
proceeding in which he


                                        7

<PAGE>



may be  involved  by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank
(whether  or not he  continues  to be a  director  or  officer  at the  time  of
incurring  such  expenses or  liabilities),  such  expenses and  liabilities  to
include,  but not be limited to, judgments,  court costs and attorneys' fees and
the cost of reasonable settlements.

17.      SUCCESSOR TO THE BANK

         The Bank shall  require any  successor or assignee,  whether  direct or
indirect,  by  purchase,   merger,   consolidation  or  otherwise,   to  all  or
substantially   all  the  business  or  assets  of  the  Bank,   expressly   and
unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank's obligations under this
Agreement,  in the same  manner  and to the same  extent  that the Bank would be
required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.



                                        8

<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  First  Federal  Bank and  Northeast  Pennsylvania
Financial  Corp.  have  caused  this  Agreement  to be  executed  by their  duly
authorized officers,  and Executive has signed this Agreement,  on the 31st day
of March, 1998.


ATTEST:                                 FIRST FEDERAL BANK

                      
/s/ Megan Kennedy                       By: /s/ E. Lee Beard
Megan Kennedy                           E. Lee Beard
Secretary                               President and Chief Executive Officer
                                        For the Entire Board of Directors


SEAL


ATTEST:                                 NORTHEAST PENNSYLVANIA FINANCIAL
                                        CORP.
                                        (Guarantor)

                       
/s/ Megan Kennedy                       By: /s/ E. Lee Beard
Megan Kennedy                           E. Lee Beard
Secretary                               President and Chief Executive Officer
                                        For the Entire Board of Directors



SEAL



                                        /s/ Patrick J. Owens, Jr.
                                        ---------------------------------
                                        Patrick J. Owens, Jr.
                                        Executive


                                        9


Exhibit 10.7

     Mr.  Gatski's  Change in Control  Agreement  is the same as the Exchange in
Control  Agreement in Exhibit 10.6,  which is incorporated  herein by reference,
except as to the name of the signatory, which is Gary M. Gatski.



Exhibit 10.8

     Mr.  Miskin  Change in Control  Agreement  is the same as the  Exchange  in
Control  Agreement in Exhibit 10.6,  which is incorporated  herein by reference,
except as to the name of the signatory, which is Bernard M. Miskin.



Exhibit 10.9

         Mr. Osiecki's  Change in Control  Agreement is the same as the Exchange
in  Control  Agreement  in  Exhibit  10.6,  which  is  incorporated  hererin  by
reference, except as to the name of the signatory, which is Joseph K. Osiecki.


                                  EXHIBIT 11.0
                     NORTHEST PENNSYLVANIA FINANCIAL CORP.
             STATEMENT REGARDING COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
                     SIX MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                    (in thousands, except per share amounts)

                                           Six Months Ended
                                   September 30, 1998     September 30, 1997
Net Loss                                  $(1,204)              -
                                          =======             =======

Weighted average shares outstanding:
Weighted average shares outstanding     6,427,350               -
Less: Unallocated shares held by ESOP    (514,188)              -
Plus: ESOP shares released or
committed to be released during
the fiscal year.                            8,570               -
                                        ---------           -------
                                        5,921,732               -
                                        =========           =======
Earnings per share - basic 
and diluted(1)                               $(0.20)          N/A


(1)  Earnings  per share is  calculated  since March 31,  1998,  the date of the
initial public  offering.  Had the weighted  average shares been outstanding for
the entire fiscal year, proforma earnings per share would have been $(0.01).


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA OF THE COMPANY

The  selected  consolidated  financial  and other data of the  Company set forth
below is derived  in part from,  and  should be read in  conjunction  with,  the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements of the Company and Notes  thereto  presented
elsewhere in this Annual Report.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     At September 30,
                                                           -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1998            1997         1996          1995           1994
                                                           ----            ----         ----          ----           ----
                                                                                      (In Thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>
Selected Consolidated Financial Data:
   Total assets                                         $522,268        $369,242      $362,464       $318,931      $283,344
   Cash and cash equivalents                               3,053          13,214         4,045          3,681         4,137
   Loans, net (1)                                        282,706         261,469       242,916        213,515       188,501
   Securities held-to-maturity (2):
      Mortgage-related securities, net                         -           9,965        13,386         51,868        51,045
      Investment securities, net                          31,770          28,960        30,100         26,355        27,661
   Securities available-for-sale (2):
      Mortgage-related securities, net                    75,651          29,982        37,259            497             -
      Investment securities, net                         113,443          14,791        22,899         12,826             -
   Deposits                                              324,005         314,123       306,806        280,010       257,161
   FHLB advances                                         106,498          23,516        25,534         11,050           120
   Total equity                                           87,434          28,538        26,127         25,550        23,183
   Assets acquired through foreclosure                       112             319           453            423           250
   Nonperforming assets and
       troubled debt restructurings                        1,395           1,208         1,169          1,670         1,863

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                      For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
                                                           ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1998            1997         1996           1995            1994
                                                           ----            ----         ----           ----            ----
                                                           ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    (In Thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>          <C>            <C>             <C>

Selected Operating Data:
    Total in Total interest income                       $30,542         $26,599      $24,323         $21,280        $19,578
Interest expense                                          15,566          14,194       13,007          10,845          8,827
                                                          ------          ------       ------          ------          -----
      Net interest income                                 14,976          12,405       11,316          10,435         10,751
   Provision for loan losses                               1,059             651           97              25           (54)
                                                          ------          ------      -------         -------         ------
Net interest income after provision
         for loan losses                                  13,917          11,754       11,219          10,410         10,805
   Non-interest income:
      Net gain (loss) on sale of securities                   62           (563)           --             (6)            153
      Other(3)                                               845             430          508             605            460
   Non-interest expense                                   15,230           9,492       10,774 (4)       8,360          7,924
                                                          ------           -----       ------           -----          -----
   (Loss) income before income taxes                       (406)           2,129          953           2,649          3,494
   Income taxes                                            (359)             748           12             899            743
                                                           -----         -------       ------          ------            ---
      Net (loss) income                                    ($47)         $ 1,381     $    941         $ 1,750        $ 2,751
                                                           =====         =======     ========         =======        =======
</TABLE>

         (See footnotes on next page)
                                     
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                           At or for the Fiscal Year Ended September 30,

                                                            1998     1997      1996       1995      1994
                                                            ----     ----      ----       ----      ----
<S>                                                         <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>

Selected Operating Ratios and Other Data (5):
Performance Ratios:
   Average yield on interest-earning assets (6)             7.45%     7.51%     7.48%     7.38%     7.18%
   Average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities        4.35      4.31      4.29      3.98      3.44
   Average interest rate spread (7)                         3.10      3.20      3.19      3.40      3.74
   Net interest margin (8)                                  3.74      3.53      3.49      3.60      4.06
   Ratio of interest-earning assets to
     interest-bearing liabilities                         117.35    108.31    107.57    108.43    107.28
   Net interest income after provision for loan
     losses to noninterest expense                         91.38    123.83    104.13    124.52    136.28
   Non-interest expense as a percent of
     average assets                                         3.53      2.58      3.19      2.78      2.80
   Return on average assets                                 (.01)     0.38      0.28      0.58      0.98
                                                                                                    
   Return on average equity                                 (.08)     4.98      3.59      7.06     12.64
                                                                                                    
   Ratio of average equity to average assets               13.40      7.53      7.74      8.25      7.67
<FN>

    (1) Loans,  net,  represents gross loans receivable net of the allowance for
        loan losses,  loans in process and deferred loan  origination  fees. The
        allowance for loan losses at September 30, 1998,  1997,  1996,  1995 and
        1994 was $2.3 million,  $1.3 million,  $730,000,  $724,000 and $769,000,
        respectively.
    (2) The Bank adopted Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS")
        No.  115,  "Accounting  for  Certain  Investments  in  Debt  and  Equity
        Securities," during fiscal 1994.
    (3) Includes  $176,000  net loss for  disposition  of  branch  equipment  in
        connection  with a branch  relocation  in fiscal  1998.  
    (4) Includes a one-time special assessment of $1.7 million in order to 
        recapitalize the Savings Association Insurance Fund (SAIF) in fiscal 
        1996.
    (5) Asset Quality  Ratios and  Regulatory  Capital  Ratios are end of period
        ratios. With the exception of end of period ratios, all ratios are based
        on average daily balances during the indicated periods.
    (6) Calculations of yield for 1998, 1997 and 1996 are presented on a taxable
        equivalent basis using the combined Federal and state income tax rate of
        40%.  The Company did not have  securities  exempt from Federal or state
        income taxes in previous years.
    (7) The average interest rate spread  represents the difference  between the
        weighted  average  yield  on  average  interest-earning  assets  and the
        weighted average cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
    (8) The net interest  margin  represents net interest income as a percent of
        average interest-earning assets.

</FN>
</TABLE>
                                     Page 8
<PAGE>


Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations

INTRODUCTION AND BUSINESS

The following  discussion and analysis is presented on a consolidated  basis and
focuses on the major components of Northeast  Pennsylvania  Financial  Corp.(the
"Company")  operations and significant  changes in the results of operations for
the periods  presented.  The discussion  should be read in conjunction  with the
Company's  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes thereto
presented elsewhere in this Annual Report.

The Company is a business  corporation  formed at the direction of First Federal
Bank (the "Bank")  under the laws of Delaware on December 16, 1997. On March 31,
1998,: (i) the Bank converted from a federally chartered mutual savings and loan
association to a federally  chartered  stock savings bank;  (ii) the Bank issued
all of its  outstanding  capital  stock to the  Company;  and (iii) the  Company
consummated  its initial  public  offering of common  stock,  par value $.01 per
share (the "Common Stock"), by selling at a price of $10.00 per share, 5,437,062
shares of Common Stock to certain  eligible  account holders of the Bank who had
subscribed for such shares (collectively,  the "Conversion"), by selling 514,188
shares to the Bank's  Employee  Stock  Ownership Plan and related trust ("ESOP")
and by  contributing  476,100  shares  of  Common  Stock  to The  First  Federal
Charitable  Foundation  (the  "Foundation").  Established in connection with the
Conversion, the Foundation is dedicated to the communities served by the Bank.

The Company  became the holding  company for First Federal Bank (the "Bank"),  a
federally chartered capital stock savings bank regulated by the Office of Thrift
Supervision ("OTS"), upon the Bank's conversion to stock form on March 31, 1998.
The  Company's  results of operations  are  dependent  primarily on net interest
income,  which is the  difference  between  the  income  earned  on its loan and
investment portfolios and its cost of funds,  consisting of the interest paid on
deposits  and  borrowings.  Results  of  operations  are  also  affected  by the
Company's provision for loan losses, loan and security sales activities, service
charges  and  other  fee  income,  and  non-interest   expense.   The  Company's
non-interest expense principally consists of compensation and employee benefits,
office occupancy and equipment expense, federal deposit insurance premiums, data
processing,   and  advertising  and  business  promotion  expenses.  Results  of
operations are also  significantly  affected by general economic and competitive
conditions,  particularly  changes in interest  rates,  government  policies and
actions of regulatory authorities.

The Company serves Northeastern Pennsylvania through ten office locations in the
greater Hazleton Area, Mountaintop, Bloomsburg, Lehighton, and all of Schuylkill
County.  The Company provides a wide range of banking services to individual and
corporate customers.  The Company is subject to competition from other financial
institutions and other companies that provide financial services.

Forward Looking Statements

In addition to historical  information,  our Annual  Report may include  certain
forward-looking  statements  based  on  current  management  expectations.   The
Company's   actual  results  could  differ   materially  from  those  management
expectations.  Factors  that could  cause  future  results to vary from  current
management  expectations  include,  but are not  limited  to,  general  economic
conditions,  legislative and regulatory changes, monetary and fiscal policies of
the  federal  government,  changes  in tax  policies,  rates and  regulation  of
federal,  state and local tax  authorities,  changes in interest rates,  deposit
flows,  the cost of  funds,  demand  for loan  products,  demand  for  financial
services,  competition,  changes in the quality or  composition of the Company's
loan and investment portfolios,  changes in accounting  principles,  policies or
guidelines,  avoidance of any adverse effect as a result of the Year 2000 issue,
and  other  economic,   competitive,   governmental  and  technological  factors
affecting the Company's operations, markets, products, services and prices.
                                     
<PAGE>

Management Strategy
The Company's  operating strategy is that of a community-based  bank, offering a
wide variety of deposit products to its retail customers, while concentrating on
residential and construction  lending and, to a lesser extent,  consumer lending
and  small  business  and  municipal  commercial  lending.  In order to  promote
long-term financial strength and profitability, the Company's operating strategy
has focused on: (i)  maintaining  strong  asset  quality by  originating  one-to
four-family  loans located in its market area; (ii) increasing  profitability by
emphasizing  higher yielding consumer and commercial  loans;  (iii) managing its
interest rate risk by emphasizing shorter-term,  fixed-rate,  one-to four-family
loans, in addition to consumer and commercial  loans;  limiting its retention of
newly originated  longer-term  fixed-rate one-to four-family  loans;  soliciting
longer-term deposits;  utilizing longer-term advances from the Federal Home Loan
Bank of Pittsburgh  ("FHLB");  and investing in investment and  mortgage-related
securities having shorter estimated durations; (iv) meeting the banking needs of
its customers  through expanded products and improved delivery systems by taking
advantage of  technological  advances;  and (v) maintaining a strong  regulatory
capital position.

The Company has  attempted to diversify  and expand its loan  products to better
serve its customer  base by placing a greater  emphasis on its consumer  lending
and commercial lending,  primarily to small businesses and municipalities.  As a
result of its policy to limit its  retention  of newly  originated  longer-term,
fixed-rate one-to  four-family loans to 25% of total loan originations  during a
fiscal year,  periodically the Company has had to limit its originations of such
loans. Additionally,  the Company is in the process of implementing a program to
sell in the secondary market  longer-term,  fixed-rate one- to four-family loans
which it could originate in excess of its retention  policy for such loans.  The
Company  is  also  evaluating  the  offering  of  loan  products  which  it  has
historically not offered,  such as nonconforming or subprime one-to  four-family
loans.  In the event the Company  originates  such loan  products,  it currently
intends to originate such loans for sale in the secondary market.


Management of Interest Rate Risk and Market Risk Analysis

The  principal  objective of the Company's  interest rate risk  management is to
evaluate the interest  rate risk  included in certain  balance  sheet  accounts;
determine the level of risk appropriate given the Company's  business  strategy,
operating  environment,  capital  and  liquidity  requirements  and  performance
objectives; and manage the risk consistent with the Board of Directors' approved
guidelines.   Through  such   management,   the  Company  seeks  to  reduce  the
vulnerability  of its  operations  to changes in  interest  rates.  The Board of
Directors  has  established  an Asset  Liability  Committee  ("ALCO"),  which is
responsible  for  reviewing  asset/liability  policies  and  interest  rate risk
position.  The ALCO  meets at least on a  quarterly  basis,  reports  trends and
interest rate risk position to the Board of Directors and reviews with the Board
its activities and strategies,  the effect of those  strategies on the Company's
net  interest  margin,  the market  value of the  portfolio,  and the effect the
changes in interest  rates will have on the  Company's  portfolio  and  exposure
limits.  The extent of the  movement of interest  rates is an  uncertainty  that
could have a negative impact on the earnings of the Company.
                                     Page 9
<PAGE>
In recent  years,  the Company has utilized the  following  strategies to manage
interest rate risk: (i)  emphasizing the origination and retention of fixed-rate
mortgages   having   terms  to  maturity  of  not  more  than   fifteen   years,
adjustable-rate  and shorter-term  loans,  commercial loans, and consumer loans;
(ii) limiting the  origination of all greater than 15-year  fixed-rate  mortgage
loans to no more than 25% of the total  originations  in a given year; and (iii)
investing in shorter-term  and, to a lesser extent,  adjustable-rate  securities
which  generally  bear lower yields,  compared to longer-term  investments,  but
which better position the Company for increases in market interest rates. During
1998 the Company continued to originate in excess of the 25% limitation, however
has commenced selling any excess, greater than 15 year fixed rate mortgages,  in
the secondary market.

Management   believes   that   reducing  its  exposure  to  interest  rate  risk
fluctuations  will  enhance  long-term  profitability.  However,  the  Company's
strategies may adversely  impact net interest income due to lower initial yields
on some of these investments in comparison to longer-term fixed-rate investments
and whole loans. To promote a higher yield on its investment securities while at
the same time addressing the Company's  interest rate risk management  policies,
the Company has invested a  significant  portion of its  portfolio of investment
securities in  longer-term  (more than five years)  federal  agency  obligations
which have call  features.  Given the rates of such  securities in comparison to
current market interest rates, the Company anticipates the substantial  majority
of such securities will be called prior to their contractual maturity.  However,
if changes  in  interest  rates  exceed  ranges  anticipated  by the  Company in
estimating the anticipated life of such callable  securities,  the Company would
be subject to increased  interest rate or  reinvestment  risk,  depending on the
direction of the change in market interest rates.
                                
         Gap Analysis. The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by
examining the extent to which such assets and  liabilities  are  "interest  rate
sensitive"  and by monitoring the bank's  interest rate  sensitivity  "gap".  An
asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive  within a specific time
period if it will mature or reprice  within that time period.  The interest rate
sensitivity   gap  is  defined  as  the   difference   between   the  amount  of
interest-earning  assets maturing or repricing within a specific time period and
the amount of  interest-bearing  liabilities  maturing or repricing  within that
same time period. At September 30, 1998, the Company's  cumulative interest rate
gap  (which is the  difference  between  the amount of  interest-earning  assets
maturing or repricing within one year and interest-bearing  liabilities maturing
or repricing  within one year) as a percentage of total  assets,  was a negative
7.8%. A gap is considered  positive  when the amount of interest rate  sensitive
assets  exceeds  the amount of interest  rate  sensitive  liabilities.  A gap is
considered  negative  when the amount of  interest  rate  sensitive  liabilities
exceeds the amount of interest  rate  sensitive  assets.  Accordingly,  during a
period of rising  interest  rates,  an institution  with a positive gap position
would tend to have its interest bearing assets repricing upward at a faster rate
than  its  interest  bearing  liabilities  which,  consequently,   may  tend  to
positively  affect the  growth of its net  interest  income.  During a period of
falling  interest rates, an institution  with a negative gap position would tend
to have its interest  bearing  liabilities  repricing  downward at a faster rate
than its interest  bearing  assets which,  consequently,  may tend to positively
affect the growth of its net interest income.

                                     Page 10

<PAGE>


The  following  table sets  forth the  amounts  of  interest-earning  assets and
interest-bearing  liabilities  outstanding  at  September  30,  1998,  which are
anticipated by the Company, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice or mature
in each of the future time  periods  shown (the "GAP  Table").  Except as stated
below, the amount of assets and liabilities shown which reprice or mature during
a particular  period were  determined in accordance  with the earlier of term to
repricing or the contractual maturity of the asset or liability.  The table sets
forth an approximation  of the projected  repricing of assets and liabilities at
September  30,  1998,  on  the  basis  of  contractual  maturities,  anticipated
prepayments,  and scheduled rate adjustments  within a series of time intervals.
Prepayment  and decay  rates  can have a  significant  impact  on the  Company's
estimated  gap.  While the Company  believes such  assumptions to be reasonable,
there can be no  assurance  that assumed  prepayment  rates and decay rates will
approximate actual loan prepayment and deposit/withdrawal activity.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   At September 30, 1998
                                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
                                                      Over three  Over six  After one year
                                            Zero to    months to  months to   but within  After five
                                         three months six months   one year   five years   years        Total
                                        ------------- ----------   --------   ----------   -----        -----
<S>                                     <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>

Interest-earning assets:
   Interest-earning deposits               $1,865           $-         $-           $-         $-       $1,865
   Investment securities                    1,000            -          -        2,000    132,298      135,298
   Mortgage-related securities             18,044        7,657      9,297       32,964      6,891       74,853
   Equity securities
     (FHLB & FHLMC)                         6,022            -          -            -          -        6,022
   Loans (1)                               48,028       27,738     40,184      118,920     50,450      285,320
                                           -------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total interest-earning assets        $74,959      $35,395    $49,481     $153,884   $189,639     $503,358
                                          -------      -------    -------     --------   --------     --------


Interest-bearing liabilities:
Money Market accounts                      $5,238       $3,601     $4,092       $3,437         $-      $16,368
Savings accounts                            3,184        3,039      5,669       30,508     27,556       69,956
NOW accounts                                3,430        3,118      4,989       16,526      3,119       31,182
Certificate accounts                       65,096       24,043     48,085       58,844          -      196,068
FHLB advances                              26,000            -          -        5,000     75,498      106,498
Other borrowings                              825            -          -            -          -          825
                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total interest-bearing
  Liabilities                            $103,773      $33,801    $62,835     $114,315   $106,173     $420,897
                                         --------      -------    -------     --------   --------     --------

Interest-earning assets less interest-
   bearing liabilities                  ($28,814)       $1,594  ($13,354)      $39,569    $83,466      $82,461
Cumulative interest-rate
sensitivity gap                         ($28,814)    ($27,220)  ($40,574)     ($1,005)    $82,461
Cumulative interest rate gap
   as a  percentage of total assets        (5.5%)       (5.2%)     (7.8%)       (0.2%)      15.8%

<FN>

(1) Gross loans excluding  nonaccrual loans 
</FN>
</TABLE>

Certain  shortcomings  are  inherent in the method of analysis  presented in the
foregoing table.  For example,  although certain assets and liabilities may have
similar maturities or periods to repricing,  they may react in different degrees
to changes in market interest  rates.  Also, the interest rates on certain types
of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest
rates,  while  interest  rates on other  types may lag behind  changes in market
rates.  Additionally,  certain  assets,  such as  adjustable  rate  loans,  have
features which restrict changes in interest rates both on a short-term basis and
over the life of the asset.  Further, in the event of changes in interest rates,
prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate  significantly  from
those assumed in calculating the table.  Finally,  the ability of many borrowers
to service their  adjustable-rate loans may decrease in the event of an interest
rate increase.

                                       Page 11

<PAGE>
         Net  Portfolio  Value.  The  Company's  interest  rate  sensitivity  is
primarily  monitored by management  through the use of a model which  internally
generates  estimates of the change in the Company's net portfolio  value ("NPV")
over a range of interest rate  scenarios.  Such analysis was prepared by a third
party for the  Company.  NPV is the present  value of  expected  cash flows from
assets,  liabilities,  and off-balance sheet contracts. The NPV ratio, under any
interest rate  scenario,  is defined as the NPV in that scenario  divided by the
market value of assets in the same  scenario.  The model assumes  estimated loan
prepayment  rates,  reinvestment  rates,  and deposit decay rates similar to the
assumptions utilized for the Gap table. The OTS also produces a similar analysis
using its own model,  based upon data submitted on the Bank's  quarterly  Thrift
Financial  Reports,  the results of which may vary from the  Company's  internal
model primarily due to differences in assumptions utilized,  including estimated
loan prepayment rates, reinvestment rates and deposit decay rates.

The following table sets forth the Company's NPV as of September 30, 1998.


                                                           NPV as % of Portfolio
                                   Net Portfolio Value         Value of Assets
                           -------------------------------  --------------------
           Change in
         Interest Rates
        In Basis Points                                          NPV
          (Rate Shock)     Amount    $ Change      % Change     Ratio  Change(1)
          ------------     ------    --------      --------     -----  ---------
                                    (Dollars in Thousands)

                 400     $ 75,566    ($21,022)      (21.76%)    15.48%     (264)
                 300       82,130     (14,458)      (14.97%)    16.42%     (170)
                 200       87,824      (8,764)       (9.07%)    17.16%      (95)
                 100       92,778      (3,809)       (3.94%)    17.75%      (37)
              Static       96,588        --            - %      18.12%       --
                (100)      98,411       1,823         1.89%     18.16%        4
                (200)     100,076       3,489         3.61%     18.17%        5
                (300)     102,699       6,111         6.33%     18.30%       18
                (400)     105,097       8,509         8.81%     18.38%       26

(1)   Expressed in basis points.

As is the case with the GAP table,  certain  shortcomings  are  inherent  in the
methodology used in the above interest rate risk measurements.  Modeling changes
in NPV  require the making of certain  assumptions  which may or may not reflect
the  manner in which  actual  yields  and costs  respond  to  changes  in market
interest  rates.  In this  regard,  the NPV  model  presented  assumes  that the
composition of the Company's interest sensitive assets and liabilities  existing
at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and
also assumes that a particular  change in interest rates is reflected  uniformly
across the yield curve  regardless  of the  duration to maturity or repricing of
specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although the NPV table provides an
indication of the Company's interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in
time,  such  measurements  are not  intended  to and do not  provide  a  precise
forecast of the effect of changes in market  interest rates on the Company's net
interest income and will differ from actual results.
                                     
Analysis of Net Interest Income
Net interest income represents the difference between income on interest-earning
assets and expense on  interest-bearing  liabilities.  Net interest  income also
depends   upon   the   relative   amounts   of   interest-earning   assets   and
interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rate earned or paid on them.

        Average   Balance  Sheet.   The  following   table  sets  forth  certain
information  relating to the Company for the fiscal  years ended  September  30,
1998, 1997 and 1996. The average yields and costs are derived by dividing income
or expense by the average balance of interest-earning assets or interest-bearing
liabilities,  respectively, for the periods shown, except where noted, otherwise
and reflect  annualized  yields and costs.  Average  balances  are derived  from
average daily  balances.  The yields and costs include fees which are considered
adjustments to yields. 
                                    Page 12
<PAGE>

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>
                                                                   For the Fiscal Years Ended September 30,
                                                     1998                            1997                          1996
                                                     ----                            ----                          ----
                                                              Average                        Average                       Average
                                        Average                Yield/     Average             Yield/    Average            Yield/
                                         Balance   Interest     Rate      Balance  Interest    Rate     Balance  Interest   Rate

                                                                             (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                       <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>

Interest earning assets:
   Loans (1):
    Real estate:
      Taxable                             $190,264    $14,765    7.76%     $183,902  $14,250     7.75%   $169,532  $13,219    7.80%
      Non-taxable(2)                           186         19   10.22             -        -       -            -        -      -
    Commercial:
      Taxable                                6,634        632    9.53         8,739      785    8.98        6,986      618   8.85
      Non-taxable(2)                         4,231        335    7.92         1,143       84    7.35            -        -      -
      Consumer                              70,423      6,018    8.55        58,717    4,980    8.48       49,409    4,268   8.64
                                            ------      -----    ----        ------    -----    ----       ------    -----   ----
         Total loans                       271,738     21,769    8.01       252,501   20,099    7.96      225,927   18,105   8.01
   Mortgage-related securities (3)          54,176      3,320    6.13        54,112    3,306    6.11       51,268    3,064   5.98
   Investment securities (4):
    Taxable                                 60,320      3,930    6.52        42,788    2,866    6.70       45,089    2,958   6.56
    Non-taxable (2)                         24,179      1,772    7.33         5,401      408    7.55        2,064      154   7.46
   Interest-earning deposits                 9,121        457    5.01         1,499       82    5.47        1,583       92   5.81
                                             -----        ---    ----   ----  --------------    ----   ---- ---------------- ----
         Total interest-earning assets     419,534     31,248    7.45       356,301   26,761    7.51      325,931   24,373   7.48
                                                                                                ----                         ----
Noninterest-earning assets                  12,234                           11,740                        11,465
                                            ------                           ------                        ------
         Total assets                     $431,768                         $368,041                      $337,396
                                          ========                         ========                      ========

Interest-bearing liabilities:
   Deposits:
      Money market and NOW accounts        $44,563      $ 789    1.77%      $42,109     $813     1.93%    $39,747     $775    1.95%
      Savings accounts                      71,102      1,607    2.26        72,292    1,765    2.44       73,653    1,870   2.54
      Certificates of deposit              189,306     10,319    5.45       187,270   10,120    5.40      174,617    9,579   5.49
                                           -------     ------    ----      --------   ------    ----      -------    -----   ----
         Total deposits                    304,971     12,715    4.17       301,671   12,698    4.21      288,017   12,224   4.24
   FHLB advances and other borrowings       52,531      2,851    5.43        27,294    1,496    5.48       14,971      783   5.23
                                            ------      -----    ----     ---------    -----    ----     ---------   -----   ----
         Total interest-bearing            357,502     15,566    4.35       328,965   14,194    4.31      302,988   13,007   4.29
          liabilities                                                                 ------    ----                ------   ----

   Non-interest-bearing liabilities         16,423                           11,363                         8,261
                                            ------                          -------                         -----
         Total liabilities                 373,925                          340,328                       311,249
   Equity                                   57,843                           27,713                        26,147
                                            ------                           ------                        ------
         Total liabilities and equity     $431,768                         $368,041                      $337,396
                                          ========                         ========                      ========

   Net interest-earning assets             $62,032                         $ 27,336                      $ 22,943
   Net interest income/interest rate
   spread (5)                                         $15,682    3.10%               $12,567     3.20%             $11,366    3.19%
                                                      -------    -----               =======     -----             =======    ====
   Net interest margin as a percentage
     of interest-earning assets (6)                     3.74%                          3.53%                         3.49%
                                                        -----                          -----                         =====
     Ratio of interest-earning assets
         to interest-bearing liabilities   117.35%                          108.31%                        107.57%
                                           =======                          =======                        =======
<FN>
(1)  Balances are net of deferred loan origination costs,  undisbursed  proceeds
     of construction loans in process, and includes nonperforming loans.
(2)  Interest and Yield/Rate are presented on a taxable  equivalent  basis using
     the combined  Federal and state  income tax marginal  rate of 40% for 1998,
     1997 and 1996.
(3)  Includes  mortgage-related   securities   available-for-sale  and  held-to-
     maturity.
(4)  Includes investment  securities  available-for-sale  and  held-to-maturity,
     stock in the FHLB of Pittsburgh and FHLMC.
(5)  Net interest rate spread  represents  the  difference  between the weighted
     average yield on  interest-earning  assets and the weighted average cost of
     interest-bearing liabilities.
(6)  Net  interest  margin  represents  net interest  income as a percentage  of
     average interest-earning assets.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                    Page 13
<PAGE>
        Rate/Volume  Analysis.  The following table presents the extent to which
changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of  interest-earning  assets
and interest-bearing liabilities have affected the Company's interest income and
interest expense during the periods  indicated.  Information is provided in each
category with respect to: (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes
in volume  multiplied by prior rate);  (ii) changes  attributable  to changes in
rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net change. The
changes  attributable  to the  combined  impact  of  volume  and rate  have been
allocated on a proportional basis between changes in rate and volume.
                                     
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Year Ended September 30,

                                                     1998 vs 1997                   1997 vs 1996
                                                     ------------                   ------------
                                                Increase     Total Increase    Increase       Total Increase
                                            (Decrease) Due to  (Decrease)  (Decrease) Due to    (Decrease)

                                                              (Dollars in Thousands)
                                            Rate     Volume                 Rate      Volume
<S>                                         <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>      <C>

Interest earning assets:
   Loans (1):
    Real estate:
      Taxable                                $21       $494       $515       $(82)    $1,113     $1,031
      Non-taxable(4)                          10          9         19         --         --         --
    Commercial:
      Taxable                                 51       (204)      (153)        10        157        167
                                                                                              
    Non-taxable(4)                             7        244        251         42         42         84
    Consumer                                  38      1,000      1,038        (76)       788        712
                                              --    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                                                    
         Total loans                         127      1,543      1,670      (106)      2,100      1,994


   Mortgage-related securities (2)            10          4         14         69        173        242
   Investment securities (3):
    Taxable                                  (76)     1,140      1,064         64       (156)       (92)
    Non-taxable (4)                          (12)     1,376      1,364          2        252        254
   Interest-earning deposits                  (6)       381        375         (5)        (5)       (10)
                                          -------    -------   -------    -------    -------    -------
         Total interest-earning assets        43      4,444      4,487         24      2,364      2,388
                                         -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
Interest-bearing liabilities:
   Deposits:
      Demand accounts                        (81)        57        (24)        (8)        46         38
      Savings accounts                      (129)       (29)      (158)       (71)       (34)      (105)
      Certificates of deposit                 88        111        199       (140)       681        541

   FHLB advances and other borrowings        (15)     1,370      1,355         39        674        713
                                          -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------

         Total interest-bearing             (137)     1,509      1,372       (180)     1,367      1,187
             liabilities                  -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------

Increase (decrease) in net interest
income                                      $180     $2,935     $3,115       $204       $997     $1,201
                                         =======    =======    =======    =======    =======    =======

<FN>
(1)  Balances are net of deferred loan origination costs,  undisbursed  proceeds
     of construction loans in process, and includes nonperforming loans.
(2)  Includes mortgage-related securities available-for-sale and
     held-to-maturity.
(3)  Includes investment  securities  available-for-sale  and  held-to-maturity,
     stock in FHLB of Pittsburgh and FHLMC.
(4)  Presented on taxable  equivalent basis using the combined Federal and state
     income tax marginal rate of 40%.
</FN>
</TABLE>


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         General. The Company experienced a net loss of $47,000 for fiscal 1998,
as  compared  to $1.4  million  net income for fiscal  1997.  The  decrease  was
primarily  attributable to the $4.8 million  non-recurring pre-tax ($3.1 million
after-tax)  expense  relating  to a  charitable  contribution  to fund the First
Federal  Charitable  Foundation in  connection  with the  Conversion,  which was
offset by a $2.6  million  increase in net  interest  income.  If the  after-tax
effect of the  contribution  were  eliminated,  the  Company  would have had net
income of $3.1 million for fiscal 1998.

Net income for fiscal 1997  increased by $440,000,  or 46.8%,  from $941,000 for
fiscal 1996 to $1.4 million for fiscal 1997.  This change was primarily due to a
decrease  in  noninterest  expense  resulting  from the  absence of the one time
special  assessment of $1.7 million to  recapitalize  the SAIF which occurred in
the fourth  quarter of fiscal 1996. Net income also increased due to an increase
in net interest income.  These items were substantially offset by an increase in
the provision for loan loss and a decrease in  noninterest  income due to losses
on the sale of  securities  and a writedown of fixed assets  resulting  from the
proposed relocation of a branch office.

         Interest  Income.  Total interest  income  increased  $3.9 million,  or
14.7%, to $30.5 million for fiscal 1998 from $26.6 million for fiscal 1997. This
change was  primarily due to increases of $36.3 million and $19.2 million in the
average balances of investment  securities and loans  receivable,  respectively.
                                    Page 14
<PAGE>
Fiscal  1997  reflected a $2.3  million,  or 9.4%,  increase in interest  income
primarily  due to a $30.4  million  increase in the average  balance of interest
earning  assets as well as a slight  increase in the weighted  average  yield on
interest  earning  assets.  This change was  primarily due to increases of $14.4
million  and $9.3  million  in the  average  balance  of real  estate  loans and
consumer loans.  Contributing to the increase was a $2.8 million increase in the
average balance of mortgage-related securities.

         Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased $1.4 million, or 9.9%, to
$15.6 million for fiscal 1998. This change in interest expense was primarily the
result of a $25.3 million  increase in the average  balance of FHLB advances and
other borrowings,  offset by a decrease of 5 basis points in the average rate of
these borrowings.

In fiscal 1997,  interest  expense  increased  $1.2  million,  or 9.2%, to $14.2
million.  The increase in interest  expense was  primarily the result of a $12.3
million  increase in the average balance of FHLB advances and other  borrowings,
as well as a $12.7 million  increase in the average  balance of  certificate  of
deposit accounts.

         Provision for Loan Losses. The Company's  provision for loan losses for
fiscal 1998 was $1.1 million compared to $651,000 for fiscal 1997. At the end of
fiscal 1996, the provision was $97,000,  which increased $554,000 through fiscal
1997.  These  increases in the provision  for loan losses  reflected a change in
management's  strategic direction.  The change in strategic direction included a
change in the  composition  of the Company's  loan  portfolio by increasing  the
levels of consumer, multi-family,  commercial and construction loans. Such loans
generally  bear a  greater  degree of credit  risk than the  one-to  four-family
loans. The Company  anticipates that, as a result of its increasing  emphasis on
consumer,  commercial,  multi-family and commercial real estate and construction
lending it may need to maintain an  allowance  for loan losses at a higher level
than it has maintained in previous  periods to offset any greater risk resulting
from the shifting composition of its loan portfolio.

         Noninterest Income. In fiscal 1998, noninterest income was $907,000, as
compared  to a  negative  $133,000  for the  prior  year.  Contributing  to this
increase was a $224,000 increase in service charges and other fees primarily due
to the  implementation  of  surcharges on ATM  transactions,  as well as service
charges and fees generated in connection  with increased  loan  origination  and
deposit account activity.  The 1997 negative balance was due primarily to losses
incurred on the sale of  available-for-sale  securities in  connection  with the
Company's  restructuring  of its securities  portfolio in fiscal 1997,  combined
with a $176,000 write down of fixed assets,  in fiscal 1997,  resulting from the
Company's  decision to relocate its Columbia Mall office to an alternate site in
Columbia County.

Non-interest income decreased $641,000 from $508,000 in fiscal 1996 to a loss of
$133,000 in fiscal 1997, due to the sale of available-for-sale securities, which
created a $563,000 loss for the year ended  September 30, 1997. The decrease was
also  attributable  to a  writedown  of  $176,000  of assets  in fiscal  1997 in
connection  with the  relocation of the Columbia  Mall office,  as compared to a
$14,000 gain for fiscal 1996.

         Noninterest  Expense.  Total noninterest expense increased $5.7 million
for fiscal 1998 due primarily to a one-time $4.8 million  non-recurring  expense
relating to the funding of the Foundation.  Compensation  and employee  benefits
expense increased  $521,000 primarily due to ESOP accruals relating to shares to
be released,  and staff additions relating to the opening of a new branch office
in  Mountaintop,  Pennsylvania  in January  1998.  Professional  fees  increased
$144,000 due to increased  legal and  accounting  fees  associated  with being a
public  company.  FHLB  service  charges  increased  $123,000  due to  increased
customer  activity  resulting  from the greater  promotion  of various  checking
account products.

For year ended September 30, 1997, compared to September 30, 1996,  non-interest
expense  decreased $1.3 million due primarily to a $2.0 million reduction in the
FDIC deposit insurance premiums resulting from the  recapitalization of the SAIF
fund.  These decreases were offset by a $406,000  increase in  compensation  and
employee benefit expenses in fiscal 1997 due to normal increases in salaries, as
well as increases in benefit costs.

         Income Taxes. For fiscal 1998, the Company had an income tax benefit of
$359,000,  as  compared  to an  expense  of  $748,000,  which  reflects  a 35.1%
effective tax rate,  for fiscal 1997.  The provision  (benefit) for income taxes
includes  federal and state income taxes  currently  payable and those  deferred
because of temporary  differences  between the financial statement and tax basis
of assets and  liabilities.  The decrease in income tax expense was attributable
to a net operating loss relating to the one-time charitable  contribution to the
Foundation,  combined  with a state tax  credit of  $55,000,  granted  under the
Neighborhood Assistance Act.

The  provision  for income taxes  increased  $736,000 to $748,000,  reflecting a
35.1%  effective  tax rate,  for fiscal 1997 from $12,000 for fiscal 1996.  This
increase was due to higher pre-tax income in fiscal 1997, as well as the absence
of a $250,000 state tax credit in fiscal 1996,  relating to the  construction of
an addition to the Company's main office.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Total  assets  increased by $153.0  million,  or 41.4%,  from $369.2  million at
September 30, 1997 to $522.2 million at September 30, 1998. The growth in assets
was primarily due to increases in investments and loans receivable,  offset by a
decrease in cash and cash  equivalents.  This growth was primarily funded by the
Company's  initial public offering,  which raised $52.1 million in cash, as well
as an $83.0 million increase in FHLB advances.

Investment securities classified as available-for-sale increased $144.3 million,
while  held-to-maturity  securities  decreased $7.2 million.  These changes were
attributable  to the  reinvestment  of the proceeds  from the September 30, 1997
sale  of  securities,  the  stock  offering  relating  to  the  Conversion,  and
additional FHLB advances.  Contributing to these changes was a transfer of $56.2
million in securities from held-to-maturity to  available-for-sale  upon initial
adoption,  in the  fourth  fiscal  quarter  of 1998,  of a special  reassessment
provision  contained  within SFAS No. 133 as issued by the Financial  Accounting
Standards Board ("FASB"). Cash and cash equivalents decreased $10.1 million from
September  30, 1997 due to the  purchase of  additional  investment  securities,
offset by an increase in deposits.

Net loans receivable  increased $21.2 million to $282.7 million at September 30,
1998.  This  increase was  primarily  due to an $11.0  million  increase in home
equity loans resulting from increased  marketing efforts and competitive pricing
of such  loans.  Automobile  loans  increased  $11.0  million due in part to the
purchase  of  $6.5  million  of  indirect  auto  loans  from a  local  financial
institution.  Multi-family  and  commercial  real estate  loans  increased  $5.2
million.  These  increases  were offset by declines  in  mortgage  loans,  other
consumer  loans and  commercial  loans of $2.2 million,  $2.1 million,  and $1.0
million,  respectively.  The allowance for loan loss increased $1.0 million from
$1.3 million at September 30, 1997 to $2.3 million at September  30, 1998.  This
increase  is due  primarily  to the  increase in loan  balances  relating to the
changing  composition  of the Company's loan  portfolio,  as well as a change in
management's strategic direction and a decision to give greater consideration to
loan loss ratio levels of peer group institutions.

Total  deposits  increased $9.9 million to $324.0 million at September 30, 1998.
This increase in deposits was the result of an $8.2 million increase in checking
accounts,  primarily NOW accounts,  resulting from a more active solicitation of
such accounts.  Certificate of deposit  accounts  increased $3.3 million,  while
savings accounts decreased $1.8 million.
                                    Page 15
<PAGE>

FHLB advances  increased  $83.0 million to $106.5 million at September 30, 1998.
This was a result of management's  determination to place increased  emphasis on
the  utilization  of  FHLB   borrowings  to  fund  asset  growth,   particularly
investments in mortgage-related and investment securities, and consumer loans in
accordance with the Company's asset/liability management strategies.

Total equity  increased  $58.9  million to $87.4  million at September 30, 1998.
This change in equity resulted primarily from the addition of additional paid-in
capital  of $62.0  million  and  common  stock of  $64,000,  as a result  of the
Conversion.  These increases were offset by a $5.1 million contra-equity account
established for shares purchased by the ESOP during the Company's initial public
offering, of that amount,  $343,000 of has been committed to be released through
September 30, 1998.

Investment Activities

The  investment  policy of the Company,  as approved by the Board of  Directors,
requires management to maintain adequate liquidity,  generate a favorable return
on  investments  without  incurring  undue  interest rate and credit risk and to
complement the Company's  lending  activities.  The Company  primarily  utilizes
investments in securities for liquidity  management and as a method of deploying
excess  funding not  utilized for loan  originations  or sales.  Generally,  the
Company's  investment  policy is more restrictive than the OTS regulations allow
and,  accordingly,  the Company has invested  primarily in U.S.  Government  and
agency  securities,  which qualify as liquid  assets under the OTS  regulations,
federal  funds  and U.S.  Government  sponsored  agency  issued  mortgage-backed
securities.  As  required  by SFAS No.  115,  the  Company  has  established  an
investment  portfolio of securities  that are  categorized as  held-to-maturity,
available-for-sale  or held for trading. The Company does not currently maintain
a portfolio of  securities  categorized  as held for trading.  At September  30,
1998, the  available-for-sale  securities  portfolio totaled $189.1 million,  or
35.2% of assets, and the  held-to-maturity  portfolio totaled $31.8 million,  or
6.1% of assets.
 
On July 1, 1998, the Bank transferred certain held-to-maturity securities to the
available-for-sale  investment  portfolio.  The amortized cost of the securities
was  approximately   $56,203,333  with  an  unrealized  gain  net  of  taxes  of
approximately   $597,053.  This  transfer  was  in  accordance  with  a  special
reassessment  provision  contained  within  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standard No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities."

The following table sets forth certain information  regarding the amortized cost
and fair value of the Company's securities at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                     At September 30,
                                                                      1998                 1997                  1996

                                                             Amortized    Fair     Amortized    Fair     Amortized     Fair
                                                               Cost       Value      Cost       Value      Cost       Value
                                                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      (In Thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>

Investment securities:
   Debt securities held-to-maturity:
      Obligations of U.S. government agencies                 $31,770    $32,072    $19,997    $19,953    $25,995    $25,475
      Other securities:                                          --           --      8,963      9,105      4,105      4,109
                                                             --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------


            Total                                             $31,770    $32,072    $28,960    $29,058    $30,100    $29,584
                                                             --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------

   Debt securities available-for-sale:
      Obligations of U.S. Treasury and U.S.
        government agencies                                    55,661     56,260     10,984     11,045     19,935     19,769
      Other securities                                         47,867     48,732       --         --         --
                                                             --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------


            Total                                            $103,528   $104,992    $10,984    $11,045    $19,935    $19,769
                                                             --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------

   Equity securities available-for-sale:
      FHLB stock                                               $5,325     $5,325     $2,054     $2,054     $1,958     $1,958
      FHLMC stock                                                 697      3,126         47      1,692         47      1,172
                                                             --------   --------   --------   --------   --------     ------

          Total equity securities
           available-for- sale                                  6,022      8,451      2,101      3,746      2,005      3,130
                                                             --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------

            Total debt and equity securities                 $141,320   $145,515    $42,045    $43,849    $52,040    $52,483
                                                             ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========

Mortgage-related securities:
   Mortgage-related securities
   held-to-maturity:
      FHLMC                                                      --         --       $5,772     $5,678     $6,833     $6,561
      FNMA                                                       --         --        3,948      3,891      4,576      4,403
      GNMA                                                       --         --         --         --         --         --
      Collateralized mortgage obligations                        --         --          245        242      1,977      1,967
                                                             --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------

            Total mortgage-related
          securities held-to- maturity                             --       --       $9,965     $9,811    $13,386    $12,931
                                                              -------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------

   Mortgage-related securities
   available-for-sale:
      FHLMC                                                   $10,798    $10,933     $5,690     $5,769    $11,548    $11,485
      FNMA                                                     14,337     14,604      2,168      2,188     11,768     11,666
      GNMA                                                     21,968     22,211     18,253     18,600      3,791      3,807
      Collateralized mortgage obligations                      24,708     24,861      3,380      3,425     10,678     10,301
     Other securities                                           3,042      3,042       --         --
                                                             --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
            Total mortgage-related
         securities available-for-sale                         74,853     75,651     29,491     29,982     37,785     37,259
                                                             --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
            Total mortgage-related securities                  74,853     75,651     39,456     39,793     51,171     50,190
                                                             ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   --------

 Total securities                                            $216,173   $221,166    $81,501    $83,642   $103,211   $102,673
                                                             ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========

</TABLE>

                                     Page 16
<PAGE>
The table below sets forth certain  information  regarding  the carrying  value,
weighted average yields and contractual  maturities of the Company's  investment
securities and mortgage-related securities as of September 30, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                            Maturing     Maturing after      Maturing after         Maturing
                                            within one    one year but        5 years but          after 10
                                             year        within 5 years     within 10 years          years                Total
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>            <C>               <C>                   <C>                    <C>

Held-to-maturity securities:

  Obligations of U.S. Government agencies   $ 1,000              -                    -            $ 30,770              $ 31,770
                                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
     Total securities at amortized cost     $ 1,000              -                    -            $ 30,770             $ 31,770
                                              =====       ========           ==========              ======               ======

     Total securities at fair value         $ 1,001              -                    -            $ 31,071             $ 32,072
                                             ======       ========           ==========              ======               ======
   Weighted Average Yield                    5.26%               -                    -               6.84%                6.79%
                                             -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Available-for-sale securities:

   Municipal Securities                           -              -                9,757              38,110               47,867
   Obligations of U.S. Government                 -          2,000               51,661               2,000               55,661
     agencies
   Mortgage-related securities                3,925              -                4,160              66,768               74,853
   Equity securities                          6,022              -                    -                     -              6,022
                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total securities at amortized cost     $ 9,947        $ 2,000             $ 65,578           $ 106,878            $ 184,403
                                            =======        =======             ========           =========            =========

     Total securities at fair value        $ 12,384        $ 2,002             $ 66,472           $ 108,236            $ 189,094
                                           ========        =======             ========           =========            =========
   Weighted Average Yield                     7.01%          6.32%                6.19%               5.93%                6.09%
                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


Expected  maturities will differ from contractual  maturities  because borrowers
may have  the  right  to call or  prepay  obligations  with or  without  call or
prepayment  penalties.  Weighted  average  yields  are based on  amortized  cost
including municipal securities which are not reported on a tax-equivalent basis.
<PAGE>

Loans

Net loans increased $21.2 million from fiscal 1997. The largest  increase was in
consumer loans which  increased  $22.4 million to $84.2 million at September 30,
1998 due to increased  marketing efforts and competitive  pricing,  as well as a
purchase of indirect auto loans from a local financial institution.

The following  table sets forth the  composition of the Company's loan portfolio
in dollar amounts and as a percentage of the portfolio at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     At September 30,

                             1998                    1997                   1996                   1995                   1994
                             ----                    ----                   ----                   ----                   ----

                                 Percent                  Percent                Percent                Percent of           Percent
                       Amount    of Total     Amount     of Total     Amount     of Total   Amount       Total       Amount of Total

<S>                   <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>       <C>

Real estate loans:
  One-to-Four-
  Family             $176,924     61.74%    $179,101      67.78%    $170,773     69.68%    $157,360       73.01%    $138,506  72.70%
  Multi family and
  commercial           11,938       4.17       6,701        2.54       4,429       1.81       3,457         1.60       5,741   3.01
  Construction          3,759       1.31       5,818        2.20       5,129       2.09       4,040         1.88       4,263   2.24
                        -----       ----       -----        ----       -----       ----       -----         ----       -----   ----
    Total real
    estate loans      192,621      67.22     191,620       72.52     180,331      73.58     164,857        76.49     148,510  77.95
                      -------      -----     -------       -----     -------      -----     -------        -----     -------  -----

Consumer loans:
  Home equity
  loans and lines
  of credit           $52,244      18.23     $41,278       15.62     $38,054      15.53     $33,275        15.44     $28,957  15.20
  Automobile           24,589       8.58      13,678        5.18      10,594       4.32       6,705         3.11       4,842   2.54
  Education             2,351        .82       2,348        0.89       2,538       1.04       2,432         1.13       2,505   1.31
  Unsecured lines
  of credit             1,589        .55       1,310        0.49         959       0.39         495         0.23         418   0.22
Other                   3,423       1.20       3,229        1.22       3,309       1.35       3,241         1.50       3,585   1.88
                        -----       ----       -----        ----       -----       ----       -----         ----       -----   ----
    Total consumer
    loans             $84,196      29.38     $61,843       23.40     $55,454      22.63     $46,148        21.41     $40,307  21.15
                      -------      -----     -------       -----     -------      -----     -------        -----     -------  -----
    Commercial loans    9,742       3.40      10,775        4.08       9,280       3.79       4,523         2.10       1,707   0.90
                        -----       ----      ------        ----       -----       ----       -----         ----       -----   ----
    Total loans      $286,559    100.00%    $264,238     100.00%    $245,065     100.00%   $215,528      100.00%    $190,524 100.00%
                                 =======                 =======                 =======                 =======             =======
Less:
    Deferred loan
    origination
    fees and           $1,580                 $1,497                  $1,419                 $1,289                   $1,254
    discounts
    Allowance for
    loan losses         2,273                  1,272                     730                    724                      769
                        -----                  -----                     ---                    ---                      ---
     Total loans,    $282,706               $261,469                $242,916                $213,515                 $188,501
      net            ========               ========                ========                ========                 ========

</TABLE>

                                       Page 17
<PAGE>
         Loan  Maturity.  The following  table shows the  remaining  contractual
maturity of the Company's  total loans at September 30, 1998. The table does not
include the effect of future principal prepayments.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           At September 30, 1998
                                                             Multi-
                                                 One- to    Family and
                                                  Four-     Commercial                                                     Total
                                                 Family     Real Estate  Construction(1)   Consumer      Commercial        Loans
                                                                                (In Thousands)
<S>                                               <C>         <C>             <C>          <C>              <C>           <C>
        Amounts due in:
           One year or less                       $8,435      $1,255              -         $16,166         $2,440        $28,296
           After one year:
           More than one year to three years      17,720       1,341              -          23,568            889         43,518
           More than three years to five
            years                                 16,483       1,511              -          13,586            761         32,341
           More than five years to 10 years       40,572       4,072              -          15,081          1,684         61,409
           More than 10 years to 20 years         55,201       3,016              -          14,226          1,231         73,674
           More than 20 years                     38,513         743          3,759           1,569          2,737         47,321
                                                  ------         ---          -----           -----          -----         ------
              Total amount due                  $176,924     $11,938         $3,759         $84,196         $9,742       $286,559
                                                ========     =======         ======         =======         ======       ========
<FN>
(1)  Construction   loans,   which  consist  of  loans  to  the  owner  for  the
     construction of one- to four-family  residences,  automatically  convert to
     permanent financing upon completion of the construction phase.
</FN>
</TABLE>


The  following  table sets forth,  at September  30, 1998,  the dollar amount of
loans  contractually  due after  September 30, 1999, and whether such loans have
fixed interest rates or adjustable interest rates.

                                                   Due After September 30, 1999
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                   Fixed   Adjustable      Total
                                                         (In Thousands)
Real estate loans:
   One- to four-family                            $115,676    $52,813   $168,489
   Multi-family and commercial real estate           4,184      6,499     10,683
   Construction                                      3,753          6      3,759
                                                  --------   --------   --------
     Total real estate loans                       123,613     59,318    182,931
                                                  --------   --------   --------
Consumer loans                                      58,847      9,183     68,030
Commercial loans                                     2,043      5,259      7,302
                                                  --------   --------   --------
      Total loans                                 $184,503    $73,760   $258,263
                                                  ========   ========   ========


<PAGE>
Non-Performing  Assets  and  Impaired  Loans.  The  following  table  sets forth
information  regarding  non-accrual  loans and (REO).  At  September  30,  1998,
non-accrual  loans totaled $1.2 million  consisting of 54 loans, and REO totaled
$90,000  consisting of two,  one-to  four-family  loans. It is the policy of the
Company to cease accruing interest on loans 90 days or more past due (unless the
loan principal and interest are determined by management to be fully secured and
in the process of collection)  and to charge off all accrued  interest.  For the
year ended  September 30, 1998,  the amount of additional  interest  income that
would have been  recognized on non-accrual  loans if such loans had continued to
perform in accordance with their contractual terms was $58,000. At September 30,
1998, the Company had a $1.4 million recorded  investment in impaired loans, all
of which had specific allowances totaling $488,000. At September 30, 1997, there
were $477,000 of impaired loans,  all of which had specific loan loss allowances
totaling $176,000. 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>

                                                                           At September 30,
                                                     1998          1997          1996          1995          1994
                                                     ----          ----          ----          ----          ----
                                                   --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>

Non-accruing loans:
   One- to four-family real estate                   $509        $  622        $  562        $  879        $1,173
   Consumer                                           254           152           154           354           333
   Commercial                                         476             -             -             1            87
                                                      ---          -----        ------      -------        ------
      Total(1)                                      1,239           774           716         1,234         1,593
Real estate owned (REO)(2)                             90           319           453           423           250
Other repossessed assets                               66             3             -            13            20
                                                       --        ------         ------       ------            --
      Total nonperforming assets(3)                $1,395        $1,096        $1,169        $1,670        $1,863
                                                   ======        ======        ======        ======        ======
Troubled debt restructurings                            -          $112             -             -             -
Troubled debt restructurings and
  total nonperforming assets                       $1,395        $1,208        $1,169        $1,670        $1,863
                                                   ======        ======        ======        ======        ======
Total nonperforming loans and
  troubled debt restructurings as a
  percentage of total loans                         0.44%         0.34%         0.29%         0.58%         0.85%
Total nonperforming assets and
  troubled debt restructurings as a
  percentage of total assets                        0.27%         0.38%         0.38%         0.52%         0.66%
<FN>

(1)  Total non-accruing loans equals total  nonperforming  loans.
(2)  Real estate owned balances are shown net of related loss allowances.
(3)  Nonperforming  assets consist of nonperforming  loans (and impaired loans),
     other repossessed assets and REO.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                    Page 18
<PAGE>

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is established  through
a  provision  for loan  losses  based on  management's  evaluation  of the risks
inherent in its loan portfolio and the general  economy.  The allowance for loan
losses  is  maintained  at an  amount  management  considers  adequate  to cover
estimated  losses in loans  receivable  which are deemed  probable and estimable
based on information currently known to management.  The allowance is based upon
a  number  of  factors,  including  current  economic  conditions,  actual  loss
experience and industry trends. In addition,  various regulatory agencies, as an
integral part of their examination  process,  periodically  review the Company's
allowance  for loan  losses.  Such  agencies  may  require  the  Company to make
additional provisions for estimated loan losses based upon their judgments about
information available to them at the time of their examination.  As of September
30,  1998,  the  Company's  allowance  for loan  losses was .80% of total  loans
compared to .48% as of September 30, 1997. The Company had non-accrual  loans of
$1,239,000   and  $774,000  at  September  30,  1998  and  September  30,  1997,
respectively.  Such  increase  in the  allowance  from  September  30,  1997  to
September  30,  1998 was the result of a  revision  in the  Company's  method of
calculation  given the shifting emphasis in the Company's loan portfolio towards
consumer,  multi-family,   commercial  and  construction  loans,  which  involve
inherently  greater risks than traditional  one- to four-family  mortgage loans.
The Company will continue to monitor and modify its  allowances  for loan losses
as conditions  dictate.  While management  believes the Company's  allowance for
loan losses is sufficient to cover losses inherent in its loan portfolio at this
time, no assurances can be given that the Company's  level of allowance for loan
losses will be sufficient to cover future loan losses incurred by the Company or
that future  adjustments  to the allowance for loan losses will not be necessary
if economic  and other  conditions  differ  substantially  from the economic and
other  conditions  used by  management  to  determine  the current  level of the
allowance  for  loan  losses.  In light of the  increased  lending  focus of the
Company on loans involving greater risk than one- to four-family mortgage loans,
and the anticipated future growth in such loans as a percentage of the Company's
total loan portfolio, the Company anticipates that its allowance for loan losses
as a percentage of total loans will increase in future periods.

The  following  table sets forth  activity in the  Company's  allowance for loan
losses for the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              At or for the Fiscal Year ended September 30,
                                                           1998         1997         1996         1995        1994
                                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>    

Allowance for loan losses, beginning of year             $1,272       $  730       $  724       $  769       $  979
Charged-off loans:
   One- to four-family real estate                           19           66           34           25           72
   Consumer                                                  57           66           60           70           88
                                                             --           --           --           --           --
     Total charged-off loans                                 76          132           94           95          160
                                                             --          ---           --           --          ---
Recoveries on loans previously charged off:
   One- to four-family real estate                            -            -            -           10            -
   Consumer                                                  18           23            3           15            4
                                                             --           --            -           --            -
     Total recoveries                                        18           23            3           25            4
                                                             --           --           --           --            -
Net loans charged-off                                      (58)        (109)         (91)         (70)        (156)
Provision for loan losses                                 1,059          651           97           25         (54)
                                                          -----          ---           --           --         ---
Allowance for loan losses, end of period                 $2,273       $1,272       $  730       $  724       $  769
                                                         ======       ======       ======       ======       ======
Net loans charged-off to average
   interest-earning loans                                 0.02%        0.04%        0.04%        0.03%        0.08%
                                                          -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Allowance for loan losses to total loans                  0.80%        0.48%        0.30%        0.33%        0.40%
                                                          -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming
   loans and troubled debt restructuring                183.45%      143.57%      101.96%       58.67%       48.27%
                                                        -------      -------      -------       ------       ------
Net loans charged-off to allowance for loan losses      (2.55)%      (8.57)%     (12.47)%      (9.67)%     (20.29)%
                                                        -------      -------     --------      -------     --------
Recoveries to charge-offs                                23.68%       17.42%        3.19%       26.32%        2.50%
                                                         ------       ------        -----       ------        -----
</TABLE>
                                    Page 19

<PAGE>
The following  table sets forth the Company's  allowance for loan losses in each
of the  categories  listed at the dates  indicated  and the  percentage  of such
amounts to the total allowance and to total loans. These allocations are no more
than estimates and are subject to revision as conditions change.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       At September 30,

                                                1998                            1997                             1996
                                                ----                            ----                             ----
                                                                                                    
                                         % of Allowance Percent of          % Allowance  Percent of          % Allowance Percent of
                                             in each    Each                  in each       Each                in each      Each
                                           Category to Category              Category to  Category            Category to  Category
                                              Total    to Total                Total     to Total               Total      to Total
                                    Amount  Allowance   Loans       Amount    Allowance    Loans     Amount    Allowance     Loans

<S>                               <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>        <C> 

Real Estate                         $748       32.91%    67.22%      $607       47.72%    73.58%      $427       58.49%    73.58%
Consumer                             300       13.20     29.38        194       15.25     22.63        157       21.51     22.63
Commercial                           546       24.02      3.40        141       11.09      3.79        146       20.00      3.79
Unallocated                          679       29.87         -        330       25.94       --          --          --        --
                                  ------      ------     ------     ------     ------    ------      ------     ------    ------
  Total allowance
  for loan losses                 $2,273      100.00%   100.00%    $1,272      100.00%   100.00%      $730      100.00%   100.00%
                                  ======      ======     ======    ======      ======    ======      ======     =======   =======


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                 1995                                     1994

                                          Percent of                                  Percent of
                          % of Allowance   Loans in                   % of Allowance   Loans in
                              in each        Each                         in each        Each
                             Category to   Category                     Category to    Category
                                Total      to Total                        Total       to Total
                    Amount    Allowance     Loans            Amount       Allowance      Loans
<S>                  <C>         <C>        <C>               <C>         <C>            <C>
Real Estate         $462        63.81%       76.90%           $535         69.57%        78.20%
Consumer             170        23.48        21.00             157         20.42         20.90
Commercial            82        11.33         2.10              52          6.76          0.90
Unallocated           10         1.38            -              25          3.25             -
                      --         ----       ------              --         ----        -------
  Total allowance
  for loan losses   $724       100.00%      100.00%           $769        100.00%       100.00%
                    ====       =======      =======           ====        =======       =======
  
</TABLE>

Sources of Funds

        General. Deposits, loan repayments and prepayments,  proceeds from sales
of loans, cash flows generated from operations and FHLB advances are the primary
sources  of the  Company's  funds for use in  lending,  investing  and for other
general purposes.

        Deposits.  The Company offers a variety of deposit accounts with a range
of interest rates and terms. The Company's  deposits consist of checking,  money
market,  savings,  NOW, certificate accounts and Individual Retirement Accounts.
More than 62.1 % of the funds  deposited  in the Company are in  certificate  of
deposit accounts.  At September 30, 1998, core deposits (savings,  NOW and money
market accounts)  represented 34.0 % of total deposits.  The flow of deposits is
influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market
rates,  prevailing  interest rates and competition.  The Company's  deposits are
obtained  predominantly  from the areas in which its branch offices are located.
The  Company  has   historically   relied  primarily  on  customer  service  and
long-standing relationships with customers to attract and retain these deposits;
however,  market  interest  rates  and  rates  offered  by  competing  financial
institutions  significantly  affect the Company's  ability to attract and retain
deposits.  The  Company  uses  traditional  means  of  advertising  its  deposit
products,  including  radio  and  print  media and  generally  does not  solicit
deposits from outside its market area.

                                    Page 20
<PAGE>


At September 30, 1998, the Company had $32.8 million in certificate  accounts in
amounts of $100,000 or more maturing as follows:

        Maturity Period                                      Amount
                                                         (In Thousands)
        Three months or less                                $24,471
        Over 3 through 6 months                               4,748
        Over 6 through 12 months                              1,234
        Over 12 months                                        2,297
                                                              -----
            Total                                           $32,750
                                                            ========

The following table sets forth the distribution of the Company's average deposit
accounts for the periods  indicated and the weighted  average  interest rates on
each category of deposits  presented and such information  during the last three
fiscal years. Averages for the periods presented utilize daily balances.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              1998                                1997                            1996
                                              ----                                ----                            ----
                                          Percent                             Percent                        Percent
                                           Total                               Total                          Total
                              Average      Average      Average    Average    Average     Average  Average    Average   Average
                              Balance     Deposits    Rate Paid    Balance    Deposits   Rate Paid Balance   Deposits  Rate Paid
                                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)

<S>                          <C>            <C>          <C>     <C>            <C>         <C>   <C>          <C>     <C>    

Savings accounts               $71,102      22.6%        2.26%   $72,292        23.4%       2.44% $73,653       25.2%  2.54%
Money market accounts           14,509       4.6         2.91     14,238         4.6        2.81   12,920        4.4   2.78
NOW accounts                    30,054       9.5         1.14     27,871         9.0        1.49   26,827        9.2   1.49
Certificates of deposit        189,306      60.1         5.45    187,270        60.5        5.40  174,617       59.6   5.49
Non-interest-bearing
deposits:
   Demand deposits              10,003       3.2                   7,614        2.5           --    4,837        1.6    --
- ----------------------------- --------    --------    --------   --------    --------    -------  -------      -----   ---- 
                                                                                                                            
      Total average deposits  $314,974     100.0%        4.04%  $309,285      100.0%       4.11% $292,854      100.0%  4.17%
                              ========   ========        =====  ========      ======      =====  ========     ======   ====

</TABLE>

        Borrowings. The Bank utilizes advances from the FHLB of Pittsburgh as an
alternative  to retail  deposits to fund its operations as part of its operating
strategy.  These FHLB  advances are  collateralized  primarily by certain of the
Bank's  mortgage loans and  mortgage-related  securities and  secondarily by the
Bank's investment in capital stock of the FHLB of Pittsburgh.  FHLB advances are
made pursuant to several  different credit  programs,  each of which has its own
interest  rate and range of  maturities.  The  maximum  amount  that the FHLB of
Pittsburgh will advance to member institutions,  including the Bank,  fluctuates
from time to time in accordance with the policies of the FHLB of Pittsburgh.  At
September 30, 1998, the Bank had $106.5  million in  outstanding  FHLB advances,
compared to $23.5 million at September  30, 1997.  Other  borrowings  consist of
overnight  retail  repurchase  agreements  and for the  periods  presented  were
immaterial.
                                    Page 21
<PAGE>
Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company's  primary sources of funds on a long-term and short-term  basis are
deposits,   principal  and  interest  payments  on  loans,  mortgage-backed  and
investment securities and FHLB advances. The Company uses the funds generated to
support its lending and  investment  activities as well as any other demands for
liquidity such as deposit outflows.  While maturities and scheduled amortization
of loans are predictable sources of funds;  deposit flows,  mortgage prepayments
and the exercise of call  features are greatly  influenced  by general  interest
rates,  economic conditions and competition.  The Bank has continued to maintain
the  required  levels  of liquid  assets as  defined  by OTS  regulations.  This
requirement  of the  OTS,  which  may be  varied  at the  direction  of the  OTS
depending upon economic conditions and deposit flows; is based upon a percentage
of deposits and short-term  borrowings.  The Bank's current  required  liquidity
ratio is 4.0%. At September 30, 1998 and 1997, the Bank's  liquidity ratios were
18.7% and 8.8%, respectively.

At  September  30,  1998,  the  Bank  exceeded  all  of its  regulatory  capital
requirements with a tangible capital level of $55.0 million,  or 11.2%, of total
adjusted  assets,  which is above the required  level of $7.4 million,  or 1.5%;
core capital of $55.0  million,  or 11.2%,  of total adjusted  assets,  which is
above the required level of  $14.7million,  or 3.0%;  and risk-based  capital of
$57.3 million,  or 22.8%, of risk-weighted  assets,  which is above the required
level of $20.1 million, or 8.0%.

The Bank's most liquid assets are cash and cash  equivalents  and its investment
and mortgage-related securities  available-for-sale.  The levels of these assets
are  dependent  on  the  Bank's  operating,  financing,  lending  and  investing
activities  during  any given  period.  At  September  30,  1998,  cash and cash
equivalents and investment and  mortgage-related  securities  available-for-sale
totaled $192.1 million, or 36.8%, of total assets.

The Bank has other sources of liquidity if a need for  additional  funds arises,
including FHLB  advances.  At September 30, 1998, the Bank had $106.5 million in
advances  outstanding  from the FHLB,  and had an additional  overall  borrowing
capacity from the FHLB of $234.4 million.  Depending on market  conditions,  the
pricing of deposit products and FHLB advances,  the Bank may continue to rely on
FHLB borrowing to fund asset growth.

At September  30, 1998,  the Company had  commitments  to originate and purchase
loans  and  unused  outstanding  lines of credit  and  undisbursed  proceeds  of
construction  mortgages totaling $27.2 million.  The Company anticipates that it
will have  sufficient  funds  available  to meet its  current  loan  origination
commitments.  Certificate  accounts,  including  Individual  Retirement  Account
("IRA") and KEOGH accounts,  which are scheduled to mature in less than one year
from  September  30, 1998,  totaled  $121.9  million.  The Company  expects that
substantially all of the maturing  certificate  accounts will be retained by the
Company at maturity.

The initial impact of the  Conversion on the liquidity and capital  resources of
the Company was significant as it  substantially  increased the liquid assets of
the Company and the capital  base on which the Company  operates.  Additionally,
the Company invested the substantial  majority of conversion proceeds in readily
marketable  investment  grade  securities  which, if liquidity needs  developed,
could  be sold  by the  Bank  to  provide  additional  liquidity.  Further,  the
additional  capital  resulting from the offerings  increased the capital base of
the Bank.  At  September  30, 1998,  the Bank had total  equity,  determined  in
accordance  with  GAAP,  of $57.8  million,  or 11.7%  of  total  assets,  which
approximated  the Bank's  regulatory  tangible  capital at that date of 11.2% of
assets.  An  institution  with a ratio of  tangible  capital to total  assets of
greater than or equal to 10.0% is considered to be  "well-capitalized"  pursuant
to OTS regulations.


Year 2000 Compliance

The following  section contains  forward-looking  statements which involve risks
and uncertainties. The actual impact on the Company of the Year 2000 issue could
materially  differ  from  that  which  is  anticipated  in  the  forward-looking
statements as a result of certain factors identified below.

<PAGE>
As the year 2000 approaches,  an important business issue has emerged regarding
how existing application software programs and operating systems can accommodate
this date value.  Year 2000 issues  result from the  inability of many  computer
programs or computerized equipment to accurately calculate,  store or use a date
after  December 31, 1999.  The erroneous  date can be interpreted in a number of
different  ways,  the most common being Year 2000  represented as the year 1900.
Correctly  identifying  and  processing  Year 2000 as a leap year may also be an
issue. These  misinterpretations  of various dates in the Year 2000 could result
in a system failure or  miscalculations  causing  disruptions of normal business
operation  including,  among  other  things,  a temporary  inability  to process
transactions,   track  important  customer  account   information,   or  provide
convenient access to this information. The Bank is subject to the regulation and
oversight of various banking regulators,  whose oversight includes the provision
of specific  timetables,  programs  and  guidance  regarding  Year 2000  issues.
Regulatory  examination  of the Bank's Year 2000  programs  are  conducted  on a
periodic  basis and reports are submitted by the Bank to the banking  regulators
on a periodic  basis. In addition,  reports are currently  provided on a monthly
basis to the Board of Directors.

         Company State of Readiness.  The Company has completed an assessment of
its financial and  operational  software  systems in accordance with the various
regulatory agency guidance documents. The Company is maintaining an inventory of
hardware and software  systems,  which  ranges from  mission  critical  software
systems  and  personal   computers  to  security  and  video  equipment   backup
generators,  and general  office  equipment.  The Company  has  prioritized  its
hardware and software  systems to focus on the most critical  systems first. For
most of its mission  critical  software  systems,  the Company relies on a major
data  processing  provider in the  banking  industry.  The Company has  received
representations  and warranties  from its vendor for mission  critical  software
systems that the system was compliant by June 30, 1998.  The Company  expects to
have testing  substantially  completed by December 31, 1998.  If testing were to
present any system problems, the vendor will work to correct the problem and the
Company  will test  again  until  resolved.  At the same  time,  the  Company is
upgrading personal computers to meet both system and Year 2000 requirements.  In
connection with the Company's assessment, a number of the less significant third
party vendors  advised the Company that their  software is Year 2000  compliant,
and the  Company  intends to fully test that  software  by March 31,  1999.  The
Company  has  initiated  communications  with  all of its  significant  vendors,
suppliers  and large  commercial  customers to determine the extent to which the
Company is vulnerable to those  third-parties'  failure to remedy their own Year
2000  Problems.  In the event  that any of the  Company's  significant  vendors,
suppliers and large commercial  customers do not successfully  achieve Year 2000
compliance in a timely  manner,  the Company's  business or operations  could be
adversely  affected.  If significant  suppliers fail to meet Year 2000 operating
requirements,   the  Company  intends  to  engage  alternative  suppliers.   For
insignificant  vendors,  the Company will not necessarily validate that they are
Year 2000 compliant.  However,  for any  insignificant  vendor who responds that
they will not be compliant by March 1999,  the Company will seek a new vendor or
system that is compliant.  The Bank has surveyed its large commercial  customers
as to their Y2K preparedness.  Respondents have acknowledged  their awareness of
Y2K issues and currently  believe that these issues will not  materially  affect
their financial condition,  liquidity,  or results of operations.  The extent to
which customers are Y2K compliant is considered in the bank's decision to extend
credit.

         Contingency  Plan.  The Company is in the process of obtaining  back-up
service  providers,  working up  contingency  plans and  assessing the potential
adverse risks to the Company. The Company's contingency plans involve the use of
manual labor to compensate for the loss for
                                    Page 22
<PAGE>

certain automated  computer systems and  inconveniences  caused by disruption in
command systems. A contingency plan will be developed for  mission-critical  and
required  mainframe  and  PC  based  applications,   third-party  relationships,
environmental  systems,  proprietary  programs and non-computer related systems.
This contingency plan will identify  scheduled  completion dates, test dates and
trigger dates.  Business  continuation plans for critical business  applications
are being developed.  These plans include  adequate  staffing on site during the
year 2000 date change to quickly repair any errant applications. In addition, in
the event of any problems the Company would follow its current  computer  outage
business continuation plans until such problems are corrected.

     Cost of Year 2000.  Over the past several years,  the Company's  Technology
Plan has  called  for an  aggressive  schedule  for  installing  new  systems or
upgrading old systems in order to build a technology  infrastructure  which will
allow the Company to offer  competitive  products  while  providing for internal
efficiencies and customer service improvement.  The Technology Plan has resulted
in  positioning  the  Company to  continue  its  technology  improvements  while
avoiding   specific  costly  Year  2000  issues.   The  Company   estimates  its
expenditures specifically associated with Year 2000 at $75,000 during the fiscal
year ending  September  1999.  With  assistance from its third party vendors the
Company is  utilizing  internal  staff to  perform  Year 2000  compliance  work,
including  internal  Information  Systems staff.  The Company  believes that the
costs or the consequences of incomplete or untimely  resolution of its Year 2000
issues do not represent a known material event or uncertainty that is reasonably
likely to affect its future financial  results,  or cause its reported financial
information  not to be  necessarily  indicative of future  operating  results or
future financial  condition.  However, if compliance is not achieved in a timely
manner by the Company or any of its significant related  third-parties,  be it a
supplier of services or customer,  the Y2K issue could  possibly have a material
effect on the  Company's  operations  and  financial  position.  The cost of the
projects  and the date on which the  Company  plans to  complete  both Year 2000
modifications and systems  conversions are based on management's best estimates,
which were derived utilizing numerous assumptions of future events including the
continued availability of certain resources, third-party modification plans and
other factors.  However,  there can be no guarantee that these estimates will be
achieved and actual results could differ  materially from those plans.  Specific
factors that might cause such material  differences include, but are not limited
to, the availability and cost of personnel  trained in this area, the ability to
locate and correct all relevant computer codes, and similar uncertainties.

         Risks of Year 2000.  The Year 2000 issue  presents  potential  risks of
uncertain  magnitude.  The risks arise both with regard to systems  purchased by
the Company  through third party vendors as well as those outside the control of
the Company, such as with ATM networks or credit card processors. These failures
may cause  delays in the ability of  customers  to access  their  funds  through
automated teller machines, point of sale terminals at retail locations, or other
shared networks.  The Year 2000 issue also poses the potential risk for business
disruption due to a mission critical software system failure, which could result
in  inaccurate   interest  payment   calculations,   credit   transactions,   or
record-keeping.  The Company and the OTS are closely  monitoring the progress of
the Company's  major third party vendors and, to date,  the Company is satisfied
with their  progress.  However,  if the Company,  its customers,  or vendors are
unable to resolve  year 2000  issues in a timely  manner,  it could  result in a
material  financial  risk.  Successful  and timely  completion  of the Year 2000
project is based on management's best estimates derived from various assumptions
of future  events,  which are inherently  uncertain,  including the progress and
results of third party modification, testing plans and other factors.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The Consolidated  Financial  Statements and Notes thereto  presented herein have
been  prepared  in  accordance  with GAAP,  which  require  the  measurement  of
financial position and operating results generally in terms of historical dollar
amounts  without  considering  the changes in the relative  purchasing  power of
money over time due to  inflation.  The impact of  inflation is reflected in the
increased cost of the Company's operations.  Unlike industrial companies, nearly
all of the assets and  liabilities  of the Company are monetary in nature.  As a
result,  interest rates have a greater impact on the Company's  performance than
do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily
move in the same  direction  or to the same  extent  as the  prices of goods and
services.

Impact of New Accounting Standards

In  September  1997,  the FASB  issued SFAS No.  130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income." This statement  establishes  standards for the reporting and display of
comprehensive  income  and  its  components  in a full  set of  general  purpose
financial statements.  SFAS No. 130 requires that all items that are required to
be recognized as components of  comprehensive  income be reported in a financial
statement  that is  displayed  with  the  same  prominence  as  other  financial
statements.  The statement does not require a specific format for that financial
statement but requires that an enterprise  display an amount  representing total
comprehensive income for the period in that financial statement. SFAS No. 130 is
effective for fiscal years  beginning  after December 15, 1997. The Company will
make the  appropriate  disclosures  in the  applicable  financial  statements as
required.
<PAGE>

In September 1997, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standard  No.  131,  "Disclosures  About  Segments  of an
Enterprise and Related  Information." SFAS No. 131 establishes standards for the
way that public business enterprises report information about operating segments
in annual  financial  statements  and  requires  that those  enterprises  report
selected  information  about  operating  segments in interim  financial  reports
issued to shareholders.  It also establishes  standards for related  disclosures
about products and services,  geographic areas, and major customer. SFAS No. 131
is effective for financial  statements for periods  beginning after December 15,
1997. Management has not yet determined the impact, if any, of this statement on
the Company.

In February 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132,  "Employer's  Disclosures  About
Pensions and Other Post Retirement  Benefits." This Statement revises employers'
disclosures about pension and other  post-retirement  benefit plans. It does not
change the  measurement  or  recognition  of those plans.  It  standardizes  the
disclosure  requirements for pensions and other post-retirement  benefits tot he
extent practicable,  requires  additional  information on changes in the benefit
obligations  and fair  values  of plan  assets  that will  facilitate  financial
analysis,  and eliminates certain  disclosures that are no longer useful as they
were when "FASB Statements No. 87, Employers'  Accounting for Pensions,  No. 88,
Employers'  Accounting  for  Settlements  and  Curtailments  of Defined  Benefit
Pension Plan and for Termination  Benefits,  and No. 106, Employers'  Accounting
for  Post-retirement  Benefits Other Than Pensions," were issued. This statement
requires  changes in disclosures  and would not affect the financial  condition,
equity or results of the Company.  This  Statement  is effective  for the fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 1997.

In June  1998,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities." This statement  establishes  accounting and
reporting  standards for derivative  instruments,  including certain  derivative
instruments   embedded  in 
                                    Page 23
<PAGE>

other  contracts,  (collectively  referred  to as  derivatives)  and for hedging
activities.  It requires  that an entity  recognize  all  derivatives  as either
assets or liabilities  in the statement of financial  position and measure those
instruments  at fair value.  The  accounting  for changes in the fair value of a
derivative  depends on the  intended  use of the  derivative  and the  resulting
designation.  If certain  conditions are met, a derivative  may be  specifically
designated  as (a) a hedge of the  exposure  to  changes  in the fair value of a
recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment, (b) a hedge of
the exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction,  or (c) a hedge
of certain foreign  currency  exposures.  This statement  becomes  effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998.  Earlier  adoption is permitted.
The Company adopted SFAS 133 in its fiscal fourth quarter of 1998, including its
provision  for the potential  reclassification  of  investments,  resulting in a
$56.2   million    transfer   of    securities    from    held-to-maturity    to
available-for-sale.

In  October  1998,  the  FASB  issued   Statement  No.  134,   "Accounting   for
Mortgage-backed  Securities  Retained after the Securitization of Mortgage Loans
Held for Sale by a Mortgage Banking  Enterprise".  This Statement  requires that
after the  securitization of a mortgage loan held for sale, an entity engaged in
mortgage banking  activities  classify any retained  mortgage-backed  securities
based on the ability and intent to sell or hold those investments, except that a
mortgage   banking   enterprise   must   classify   as  trading   any   retained
mortgage-backed  securities  that  it  commits  to sell  before  or  during  the
securitization process. This Statement is effective for the first fiscal quarter
beginning after January 30, 1999 with earlier adoption permitted. This Statement
provides a one-time  opportunity  for an enterprise to reclassify,  based on the
ability and intent on the date of adoption  of this  Statement,  mortgage-backed
securities  and other  beneficial  interests  retained after  securitization  of
mortgage  loans held for sale form the trading  category,  except for those with
commitments in place. The Company has not yet determined the impact,  if any, of
this  Statement,  including,  if  applicable,  its  provisions for the potential
reclassifications  of  certain  investment  securities,  on  earning,  financial
condition or equity.
                                    
<PAGE>

Market for Registrant's Common Equity And Related Stockholder Matters

Northeast  Pennsylvania  Financial  Corporation's  Common Stock is traded on The
American  Stock  Exchange  under the symbol  NEP. At  September  30,  1998,  the
Corporation had 1,643 registered  common  stockholders of record.  The following
table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices for the Common Stock for
each full  quarterly  period  within the most recent  fiscal year since  initial
trading  began April 1, 1998.  There have been no dividends  declared or paid on
the Common Stock.

     The closing  market price of the common stock at September  30, 1998 was 
11 1/4.

                                Stock Price Range
                                          Low                  High
                                         -------              ---------
          1998       3rd Quarter          13 3/4               16
                     4th Quarter           9 7/8               14  1/16




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amount)


                                                        First                  Second                  Third                 Fourth
                                                       Quarter                 Quarter                Quarter                Quarter
<S>                                                     <C>                    <C>                     <C>                   <C>

1998
Net Interest Income                                     $3,205                  $3,401                 $4,167                 $4,203
Provision for Loan Losses                                  268                     219                    292                    280
Other Operating Income                                     160                     174                    199                    423
Other Operating Expense                                  2,286                   7,233                  2,709                  3,055
Net Income                                                 558                 (2,491)                    991                    895
- --------------------------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------

Earnings Per Share
   Basic and Diluted                                       N/A                   (.53)                    .17                    .15

- --------------------------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------

1997
Net Interest Income                                     $3,054                  $3,057                 $3,162                 $3,132
Provision for Loan Losses                                   32                      57                     55                    507
Other Operating Income                                     147                     150                    157                  (587)
Other Operating Expense                                  2,239                   2,223                  2,369                  2,406
Net Income                                                 645                     643                    604                  (511)
- --------------------------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------

Earnings Per Share
   Basic and Diluted                                       N/A                     N/A                    N/A                   N/A

</TABLE>
                                    Page 24
<PAGE>


Consolidated  Statements of Financial  Condition September 30, 1998 and 1997 (in
thousands, except share and per share data) 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                             September 30,            September 30,
                                                                                  1998                    1997
                                                                                  ----------------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>                      <C>

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents                                                       $3,053                  $13,214
Securities available-for-sale                                                  189,094                   44,773
Securities held-to-maturity (estimated fair value of $32,072
 in 1998 and $38,869 in 1997)                                                   31,770                   38,925
Loans (less allowance for loan losses of $2,273 for 1998 and $1,272 for 1997)  282,706                  261,469
Accrued interest receivable                                                      3,998                    2,169
Assets acquired through foreclosure                                                112                      319
Property and equipment, net                                                      8,648                    6,762
Other assets                                                                     2,887                    1,611
                                                                                 ------------------------------

     Total assets                                                             $522,268                 $369,242
                                                                              ========                 ========

Liabilities and Equity

Deposits                                                                     $324,005                  $314,123
Federal Home Loan Bank advances                                               106,498                    23,516
Other borrowings                                                                  825                        92
Advances from borrowers and insurance                                             717                       477
Accrued interest payable                                                        1,028                       745
Other liabilities                                                               1,761                     1,751
                                                                                -------------------------------

     Total liabilities                                                       $434,834                  $340,704

Preferred stock ($.01 par value; 2,000,000 authorized shares; 0 shares issued)      -                         -
Common stock ($.01 par value; 16,000,000 authorized shares;
6,427,350 shares issued)                                                           64                         -
Additional paid-in capital                                                     62,083                         -
Unearned employee stock ownership plan shares (479,910 shares)                (4,799)                         -
Retained earnings - substantially restricted                                   27,208                    27,255
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net                           2,878                     1,283
                                                                                -------------------------------

     Total equity                                                             $87,434                   $28,538
                                                                              ---------------------------------

               Total liabilities and equity                                  $522,268                  $369,242
                                                                             ========                  ========
</TABLE>



















See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

                                     Page 25
<PAGE>



Consolidated  Statements of Operations  For the Years Ended  September 30, 1998,
1997 and 1996 (In thousands, except share per share data)
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>

                                                       1998            1997           1996
                                                       ------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>           <C>

Interest Income:

Loans                                               $21,650          $20,071        $18,105
Mortgage-related securities                           3,320            3,306          3,064
Investment securities:
     Taxable                                          4,387            2,948          3,051
     Non-taxable                                      1,185              274            103
                                                      -------------------------------------
     Total interest income                           30,542           26,599         24,323
                                                     ======           ======         ======

Interest expense:
Deposits                                             12,715           12,699         12,195
Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other             2,851            1,495            812
                                                      -------------------------------------
     Total interest expense                          15,566           14,194         13,007
                                                     ======           ======         ======

Net interest income                                  14,976           12,405         11,316

Provision for loan losses                             1,059              651             97
                                                      -------------------------------------

Net interest income after provision for loan losses  13,917           11,754         11,219
                                                     --------------------------------------

Non-interest Income:
  Service charges and other fees                        874              650            522
  Gain (loss) on sale of:
                     Real estate owned                 (86)             (66)           (46)
                     Loans                               55               22             18
                     Available-for-sale securities       62            (563)              -
                     Other                                2            (176)             14
                                                          ---------------------------------
   Total non-interest income                            907            (133)            508

Non-interest Expense:
  Salaries and net employee benefits                  5,916            5,395          4,989
  Occupancy costs                                     1,581            1,421          1,809
  Federal deposit insurance premiums                    287              368          2,390
  Data Processing                                       286              365            490
  Professional fees                                     418              274            312
  FHLB service charges                                  392              269            220
  Charitable Contributions                            4,934               82            106
  Other                                               1,416            1,318            458
                                                      -------------------------------------
     Total non-interest expense                      15,230            9,492         10,774

(Loss) income before income taxes                     (406)            2,129            953

Income tax (benefit) expense                          (359)              748             12
                                                      -------------------------------------

Net (loss) income                                     $(47)           $1,381           $941
                                                      =====           ======           ====

Earnings per share - basic and diluted (a)            $(.20)            N/A             N/A
</TABLE>


 (a)Earnings  per share is  calculated  since  March 31,  1998,  the date of the
    initial public  offering.  Had the weighted  average shares been outstanding
    for the entire  fiscal  year,  proforma  earnings  per share would have been
    $(.01).




See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

                                     Page 26


<PAGE>



Consolidated  Statements of Changes in Equity For the Years Ended  September 30,
1998, 1997, and 1996 (in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                        Additional   Unearned                Unrealized
                                                           Common        Paid In       ESOP        Retained    Gain on       Total
                                                            Stock        Capital      Shares       Earnings AFS Securities  Equity


<S>                                                        <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>         <C>        <C>

Balance September 30, 1995                                  $   --       $   --       $   --         $24,933     $617       $25,550
Net changes in gains (losses) on
     securities available-for-sale, net of tax                                                                   (364)         (364)
Net Income                                                      --           --                          941                    941
                                                            -------       ------      --------       -------   -------        ------
Balance September 30, 1996                                  $   --       $   --       $    --        $25,874     $253       $26,127

Net changes in gains (losses) on
     securities available-for-sale, net of tax                                                                 $1,030         1,030
Net Income                                                                                            $1,381                $ 1,381
                                                           --------    --------        -------        ------    -----       -------
Balance September 30, 1997                                  $    --      $   --       $     --      $ 27,255   $1,283       $28,538

Issuance of Common Stock ($.01 par value;
     16,000,000 authorized shares;
     6,427,350 shares issued)                                     64                                                             64
Additional paid-in Capital                                                61,959                                             61,959
Unearned employee stock ownership
     plan (ESOP) shares                                                                  (5,142)                             (5,142)
ESOP shares committed to be released                                         124            343                                 467
Net changes in gains (losses) on
     securities available-for-sale, net of tax                                                                   1,595        1,595
Net loss                                                                                                (47)                    (47)
                                                            --------     -------       ---------    --------    -------     --------
Balance September 30, 1998                                       $64     $62,083        $(4,799)    $27,208     $2,878      $87,434
                                                            ========     ========     =========     ========    ========    ========











</TABLE>



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                                     Page 27

<PAGE>



Consolidated  Statements  of Cash Flows For the years ended  September 30, 1998,
1997 and 1996 (in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                1998              1997               1996
                                                                -----------------------------------------

<S>                                                            <C>             <C>                 <C>    

Operating Activities:
Net  Income (loss)                                             $(47)           $ 1,381             $  941

Adjustments  to reconcile  net income  (loss) 
  to net cash  provided by operating activities:
     Provision (Recovery) for REO loss                           (4)               153                 24
     Provision for loan losses                                 1,059               651                 97
     Depreciation                                                621               645                698
     Deferred income tax (benefit) provision                  (1,929)             (441)                156
     Funding of First Federal Charitable Foundation            4,761                 -                  -
     Reduction in unallocated ESOP shares                        467                 -                  -

     Amortization and accretion on:
        Held-to-maturity securities                               77                22                 87
        Available-for-sale securities                            222               111                 76
     Amortization of deferred loan fees                         (315)             (201)              (210)
     (Gain) loss on sale of:
        Real estate acquired thorough foreclosure                 86                66                 46
        Loans                                                    (55)              (22)               (18)
        Available-for-sale securities                            (62)              563                  -
     (Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment            (2)              176                 65
     Changes in assets and liabilities:
        (Increase) decrease in Accrued interest receivable    (1,829)              169              (347)
        (Increase) decrease in Other assets                     (371)              (40)                104
        Increase in accrued interest payable                     283               205                 17
        Increase (decrease) in accrued income taxes payable      604               649              (547)
        Increase (decrease) in other liabilities               (469)           (1,406)              2,214
                                                               ------------------------------------------

            Net cash provided by operating activities         $3,097            $2,681             $3,403
                                                               ------------------------------------------

Investing Activities:
Loan origination and principal payments on loans           $(30,513)         $(21,230)          $(22,002)
Proceeds from sale of:
   Available-for-sale securities                               6,855            26,530                  -
   Real estate acquired through foreclosure 
   and repossessed assets                                        347               266                420
   Loans                                                       8,365             1,811              1,578
Proceeds from repayments of held-to-maturity securities       23,041            10,406             16,845
Proceeds from repayments of available-for-sale securities     30,752            13,849              6,500
Proceeds from disposal of fixed assets                             2                 -                 12
Purchase of:
   Held-to-maturity securities                              (72,166)           (5,867)           (25,101)
   Available-for-sale securities                           (120,120)          (23,904)           (20,286)
   Office properties and equipment                           (2,507)             (649)            (2,104)
   Federal Home Loan Bank stock                              (3,271)                  -             (173)
                                                             --------------------------------------------

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities        $(159,215)           $1,212          $(44,311)
                                                            ---------------------------------------------

</TABLE>


See  accompanying  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements   
                                     Page 28
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
For the years ended  September 30, 1998,  1997 and 1996
(in thousands)


                                                                                       1998         1997         1996
                                                                         ----------------------------------------------

<S>                                                                                <C>          <C>          <C> 

Financing Activities:
  Net increase in deposit accounts                                                 $   9,882    $   7,317    $  26,796
  Net increase (decrease) in Federal Home
    Loan Bank short-term advances                                                     18,000      (17,000)       6,500
 Borrowings of Federal Home Loan Bank
     long-term advances                                                               65,000       15,000        8,000
  Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank
     long-term advances                                                                  (18)         (18)         (16)
  Net increase (decrease) in advances from
    borrowers for taxes and insurance                                                    240         (115)          (8)
  Net increase in other borrowings                                                       733           92            -
  Net proceeds from issuance of common stock                                          52,120            -            -
                                                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------

     Net cash provided by financing activities                                       145,957        5,276       41,272
                                                                                                ---------    --------- 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                                     (10,161)       9,169          364

Cash equivalents, beginning of year                                                   13,214        4,045        3,681
                                                                                   ---------    ---------    ---------

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                                             $   3,053    $  13,214    $   4,045
                                                                                   =========    =========    =========

Supplemental  disclosures  of cash flow  information:  
 Cash paid during the year for:
     Interest                                                                      $  15,284    $  13,989    $  12,990
                                                                                   =========    =========    =========
     Income taxes                                                                  $     665    $     540    $     816
                                                                                   =========    =========    =========
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities
available-for-sale, net of tax                                                     $   1,595    $   1,030    $    (364)
                                                                                   =========    =========    =========

Supplemental disclosure - non-cash and financing information:
Transfer from loans to real estate owned                                           $     222    $     285    $     522
                                                                                   =========    =========    =========
Shares purchased by ESOP, net of shares committed
  to be released                                                                   $     343          N/A          N/A
                                                                                   =========    =========    =========
Transfer of held-to-maturity securities to
  available-for-sale                                                               $  56,203          N/A          N/A
                                                                                   =========    =========    =========

</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

                                     Page 29
<PAGE>


1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
Business.
Northeast Pennsylvania  Financial Corp. (the  "Company")provides a wide range of
banking  services  to  individual  and  corporate  customers  through its branch
network in Hazleton, Bloomsburg, Lehighton, and Schuylkill County, Pennsylvania.
The Company's principal  subsidiary,  First Federal Bank ("the Bank") serves its
loan  customers  through a loan  production  office  located  in Monroe  County,
Pennsylvania.  All of the branches are  full-service  and offer  commercial  and
retail  products.   These  products  include  checking  accounts  (interest  and
non-interest bearing), savings accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial and
consumer loans, real estate loans, and home equity loans. The Company is subject
to  competition  from other  financial  institutions  and other  companies  that
provide financial services. The Company is subject to the regulations of certain
federal  agencies  and  undergoes  periodic  examinations  by  those  regulatory
authorities.

Principles of Consolidation and Presentation.
The  accompanying  financial  statements of the Company  include the accounts of
FIDACO, Inc., Abstractors,  Inc., and First Federal Bank. First Federal Bank and
Abstractors,  Inc.  are  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  of  Northeast  Pennsylvania
Financial  Corp.  Abstractor's,  Inc. was purchased  June 30, 1998 for a nominal
price.  FIDACO,  Inc. is an inactive  subsidiary  of First Federal Bank with the
only  major  asset  being  an  investment  in  Hazleton  Community   Development
Corporation.  All material  inter-company  balances and  transactions  have been
eliminated  in  consolidation.  Prior  period  amounts  are  reclassified,  when
necessary, to conform with the current year's presentation.

The Company follows accounting  principles and reporting  practices which are in
accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  The preparation of
financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
requires  management to make estimates and assumptions  that affect the reported
amounts  of assets and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and the reported amounts of
revenues and expenses during the reporting  period.  Actual results could differ
significantly  from those  estimates.  Material  estimates that are particularly
susceptible to significant  change in the near-term  relate to  determination of
the allowance for loan losses.  Management  believes that the allowance for loan
losses is adequate.

Risks and  Uncertainties.  In the normal  course of its  business,  the  Company
encounters two significant  types of risk:  economic and  regulatory.  There are
three main  components of economic  risk:  interest rate risk,  credit risk, and
market risk. The Company is subject to interest rate risk to the degree that its
interest-bearing  liabilities  mature or  reprice  at  different  speeds,  or on
different bases from its  interest-earning  assets. The Company's primary credit
risk is the risk of default on the Company's  loan  portfolio  that results from
the  borrowers  inability  or  unwillingness  to  make  contractually   required
payments. The Company's lending activities are concentrated in Pennsylvania. The
largest concentration of the Company's loan portfolio is located in Northeastern
Pennsylvania.  The ability of the  Company's  borrowers to repay amounts owed is
dependent  on  several  factors,   including  the  economic  conditions  in  the
borrower's geographic region and the borrower's financial condition. Market risk
reflects changes in the value of collateral  underlying  loans, the valuation of
real  estate  held by the  Company,  and the  valuation  of loans held for sale,
mortgage-related securities available for sale and mortgage servicing assets.

The Bank is subject to the  regulations of various  government  agencies.  These
regulations can and do change significantly from period to period. The Bank also
undergoes periodic  examinations by the regulatory agencies which may subject it
to further  changes with respect to asset  valuations,  amounts of required loss
allowances, and operating restrictions resulting from the regulators' judgements
based on information available to them at the time of their examination.

The Company has an ongoing  program  designed to ensure that its operational and
financial systems will not be adversely  affected by year 2000 software failures
due to processing  errors  arising from  calculations  using the year 2000 date.
While  the  Company  believes  it  is  acting  prudently  to  assure  year  2000
compliance, it is to some extent dependent upon vendor cooperation.  The Company
is requiring  its computer  systems and software  vendors to represent  that the
products provided are or will be year 2000 compliant and has planned programs of
testing for compliance. It is recognized that any year 2000 compliance failures,
either  internal  or on the part of the  Company's  customers,  could  result in
additional expense or loss to the Company.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash
flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and interest bearing deposits with
an original maturity of three months or less.

Securities.  The Company divides its securities portfolio into two segments: (a)
held to maturity and (b) available for sale.  Securities in the held to maturity
category are accounted for at cost,  adjusted for  amortization  of premiums and
accretion of  discounts,  using the level yield  method,  based on the Company's
intent and ability to hold the securities  until maturity.  All other securities
are included in the  available  for sale  category and are accounted for at fair
value,  with  unrealized  gains or  losses,  net of taxes,  being  reflected  as
adjustments to equity.

At the time of purchase,  the Company makes a determination of whether or not it
will  hold  the  securities  to  maturity,  based  upon  an  evaluation  of  the
probability  of future  events.  Securities,  which the Company  believes may be
involved in interest rate risk, liquidity,  or other asset/liability  management
decisions,  which might  reasonably  result in such securities not being held to
maturity,  are  classified as available for sale. If securities are sold, a gain
or loss is determined by specific  identification and reflected in the operating
results in the period the trade occurs.

Allowance  for Loan Losses.  The  allowance  for loan losses is  maintained at a
level that management  considers adequate to provide for inherent losses,  based
upon  an  evaluation  of  known  and  inherent  risks  in  the  loan  portfolio.
Management's  evaluation is based upon an analysis of the  portfolio,  past loss
experience,  current  economic  conditions,  and other relevant  factors.  While
management  uses  the  best  information  available  to make  evaluations,  such
evaluations are highly  subjective,  and future adjustments to the allowance may
be necessary if conditions  differ  substantially  from the assumptions  used in
making the evaluations. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral
part of their examination process,  periodically review the Bank's 
                                    Page 30
<PAGE>

allowance  for losses on loans.  Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize
additions  to  the  allowance,  based  on  their  judgements  about  information
available to them at the time of their  examination.  The allowance is increased
by the provision for loan losses,  which is charged to  operations.  Loan losses
are charged  directly  against  the  allowance,  and  recoveries  on  previously
charged-off loans are added to the allowance.

Loans  are  deemed  to be  "impaired"  if upon  management's  assessment  of the
relevant facts and circumstances, it is probable that the bank will be unable to
collect  all  proceeds  due  according  to the  contractual  terms  of the  loan
agreement. For purposes of applying the measurement criteria for impaired loans,
the Bank excludes large groups of smaller balance  homogeneous loans,  primarily
consisting of residential  real estate and consumer loans, as well as commercial
loans with balances of less than $100,000.

The Company's policy for the recognition of interest income on impaired loans is
the same as for non-accrual  loans discussed  below.  Impaired loans are charged
off when the Company determines that foreclosure is probable, and the fair value
of the collateral is less than the recorded investment of the impaired loan.

Loans,  Loan Origination Fees, and Uncollected  Interest.  Loans are recorded at
cost net of unearned  discounts,  deferred  fees, and  allowances.  Discounts or
premiums on purchased  loans are  amortized  using the interest  method over the
remaining  contractual life of the portfolio,  adjusted for actual  prepayments.
Loan  origination  fees and certain  direct  origination  costs are deferred and
amortized using the level yield method over the contractual  life of the related
loans as an adjustment of the yield on the loans.

Uncollected  interest  receivable  on loans is  accrued  to  income  as  earned.
Non-accrual  loans are loans on which the accrual of interest has ceased because
the collection of principal or interest payments is determined to be doubtful by
management.  It is the policy of the Bank to discontinue the accrual of interest
when  principal or interest  payments are delinquent 90 days or more (unless the
loan principal and interest are determined by management to be fully secured and
in the process of  collection),  or earlier if the  financial  condition  of the
borrower raises  significant  concern with regard to the ability of the borrower
to service the debt in accordance with the terms of the loan. Interest income on
such loans is not accrued  until the financial  condition and payment  record of
the borrower demonstrates the ability to service the debt.

Loans Held for Sale.  Mortgage  loans  originated  and  intended for sale in the
secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the
aggregate. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by
charges to income.

Real Estate Owned (REO). Real estate acquired through  foreclosure or by deed in
lieu of  foreclosure  is  classified as REO. REO is carried at the lower of cost
(lesser of carrying  value of the loan or fair value of the property at the date
of  acquisition,  as  determined  by a certified  appraiser)  or fair value less
selling  expenses.  Costs  relating to the  development  or  improvement  of the
property are capitalized; holding costs are charged to expense.

Property  and  Equipment.  Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at cost,  less
accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation for each class of depreciable  asset is
computed using the  straight-line  method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets (39 years for buildings  and 3 to 7 years for  furniture and  equipment).
When  assets  are  retired  or  otherwise  disposed  of,  the cost  and  related
accumulated  depreciation are removed from the accounts. The cost of maintenance
and repairs is charged to expense as incurred and renewals and  betterments  are
capitalized.

Income Taxes.  The Company  accounts for income taxes under the  asset/liability
method.  Deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are recognized for the future tax
consequences   attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial  statement
carrying  amounts of existing assets and  liabilities  and their  respective tax
bases, as well as,  operating loss and tax credit carry  forwards.  Deferred tax
assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to
taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to
be recovered or settled.

Retained  earnings at  September  30, 1998 and 1997 include  approximately  $8.3
million,  for which no  provision  for Federal  income tax has been made.  These
amounts represent  allocations of earnings to bad debt reserves for tax purposes
and are a restriction upon retained earnings. If, in the future, this portion of
retained  earnings is reduced for any  purpose  other than tax bad debt  losses,
Federal income taxes may be imposed at the then applicable rates.

<PAGE>
Earnings per Share.  Earnings per share, basic and diluted,  were $(.20) for the
six months ended September 30, 1998. Proforma earnings per share would have been
$(.01) had the shares been  outstanding for the entire twelve month period.  Due
to the Bank's recent conversion and formation of the Company, earnings per share
figures for prior year periods are not applicable.

The  following  table  presents  the   reconciliation   of  the  numerators  and
denominators of the basic and diluted EPS computations

                                              Six Months Ended
                                                September 30,

                                                   1998     1997
                                                   ----     ----
Basic EPS Computation
Numerator:                                   ($1,204,000)   $ --
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding     5,921,732    ___-
                                             -----------    ----

Basic EPS                                    $      (.20)   N/A
                                             ===========    ====

Diluted EPS Computation
Numerator:                                   ($1,204,000)   $ --
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding     5,921,732      --
- ----------------------                       -----------    ----

Diluted EPS                                  $      (.20)   N/A
                                             ===========    ====
                                    Page 31
<PAGE>
2.    Conversion to Stock Form of Ownership

The Company is a business  corporation formed at the direction of the Bank under
the laws of Delaware on December  16,  1997.  On March 31,  1998,:  (i) the bank
converted from a federally  chartered  mutual savings and loan  association to a
federally  chartered  stock  savings  bank;  (ii)  the  Bank  issued  all of its
outstanding capital stock to the Company;  and (iii) the Company consummated its
initial public offering of common stock,  par value $.01 per share ( the "Common
Stock"),  by selling at a price of $10.00 per share,  5,437,062 shares of Common
Stock to certain  eligible  account  holders of the Bank who had  subscribed for
such shares (collectively,  the "Conversion"),  by selling 514,188 shares to the
Bank's  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan  and  related  trust  ("ESOP")  and  by
contributing  476,100  shares of Common  Stock to The First  Federal  Charitable
Foundation (the "Foundation").  The Conversion resulted in net proceeds of $52.1
million,  after  expenses of $2.2  million.  Net  proceeds  of $25 million  were
invested in the Bank to  increase  the Bank's  tangible  capital to 13.3% of the
Bank's total  adjusted  assets.  The Company also  established  the  Foundation,
dedicated  to the  communities  served  by the  Bank.  In  connection  with  the
Conversion,  the common stock  contributed by the Company to the Foundation at a
value of $4.8 million was charged to expense.

Prior to the initial public offering and as a part of the subscription offering,
in order to grant  priority  to  eligible  depositors,  the Bank  established  a
liquidation  account  at the time of the  conversion  in an amount  equal to the
equity of the Bank as of the date of its latest  balance  sheet date,  September
30,  1997,  contained  in the  final  Prospectus  used in  connection  with  the
Conversion.  In the unlikely event of a complete  liquidation of the Bank,  (and
only in such an event), eligible depositors who continue to maintain accounts at
the Bank  shall be  entitled  to  receive a  distribution  from the  liquidation
account.  The total amount of the  liquidation  account,  which decreases if the
balances of  eligible  deposits  decreases  at the annual  determination  dates,
approximated $15.3 million at September 30, 1998.

The Company may not declare nor pay  dividends on its stock if such  declaration
and payment would violate statutory or regulatory requirements.

In addition to the  16,000,000  authorized  shares of common stock,  the Company
authorized  2,000,000  shares of  preferred  stock  with a par value of $.01 per
share (the "Preferred Stock"). The Board of Directors is authorized,  subject to
any  limitations  by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of preferred
stock in  series,  to  establish  from  time to time the  number of shares to be
included in each such series, and to fix the designation,  powers,  preferences,
and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations
or  restriction  thereof.  As of  September  30,  1998,  there were no shares of
preferred stock issued.


<PAGE>
3.Securities.
Securities are summarized as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                       SEPTEMBER 30, 1998

                                                                                  Gross               Gross
                                                              Amortized        Unrealized          Unrealized              Fair
                                                                Cost              Gains               Losses              Value
<S>                                                            <C>                <C>                <C>                 <C>    

Available-for-sale securities:

   Municipal securities                                        $ 47,867            $ 886             $ (21)             $ 48,732
   Obligations of U.S. Government agencies                       55,661              606                (7)               56,260
   Mortgage-related securities                                   74,853              829               (31)               75,651
                                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------

          Total debt securities                                 178,381            2,321               (59)              180,643

   Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh Stock                     5,325                -                  -                5,325
   Federal Home Loan Mortgage  Corporation Stock                    697            2,429                  -                3,126
                                                                    ------------------------------------------------------------
 Total equity securities                                          6,022            2,429                  -                8,451

  Total                                                        $184,403           $4,750              $(59)             $189,094
                                                               ========           ======              =====             ========

Held-to-maturity securities:

Obligations of U.S. government agencies                          31,770              317               (15)               32,072
                                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------

          Total                                                 $31,770             $317              $(15)              $32,072
                                                                =======             ====              =====               ======


                                    Page 32
<PAGE>


                                                                                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1997

                                                                                 Gross              Gross
                                                              Amortized         Unrealized         Unrealized             Fair
                                                                Cost              Gains             Losses               Value

Available-for-sale securities:

   Obligations of the U.S. Treasury                             $   991           $    8             $    -              $   999
   Obligations of U.S. Government agencies                        9,993               53                  -               10,046
   Mortgage-related securities                                   29,491              492                (1)               29,982
                                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------

     Total debt securities                                       40,475              553                (1)               41,027

   Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh Stock                     2,054                -                  -                2,054
   Federal Home Loan Mortgage
     Corporation Stock                                               47            1,645                  -                1,692
                                                                     --            -----          ---------                -----

     Total equity securities                                      2,101            1,645                  -                3,746

        Total                                                   $42,576          $ 2,198               $(1)              $44,773
                                                                =======          =======               ====              =======

Held-to-maturity securities:

   Municipal securities                                         $ 8,963        $     142          $       -              $ 9,105
   Obligations of U.S. government agencies                       19,997               17               (61)               19,953
   Mortgage-related securities                                    9,965                -              (154)                9,811
                                                                 ----------------------------------------------------------------

     Total                                                      $38,925           $  159            $ (215)              $38,869
                                                                =======           ======            =======              =======

</TABLE>
                                     

<PAGE>
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities at September 30, 1998,
by contractual maturity, are shown below (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                             Maturing    Maturing after Maturing after  Maturing
                                            within one    one year but   5 years but    after 10
                                               year      within 5 years within 10 years  years            Total
                                              -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>   

Available-for-sale securities:

   Municipal Securities                          $-             $-          $9,757        $38,110        $47,867
   Obligations of U.S. Government agencies        -          2,000          51,661          2,000         55,661
   Mortgage-related securities                3,925              -           4,160         66,768         74,853
   Equity securities                          6,022              -               -              -          6,022
                                            ---------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total securities at amortized cost     $ 9,947        $ 2,000        $ 65,578      $ 106,878      $ 184,403
                                            =======        =======        ========      =========      =========

     Total securities at fair value        $ 12,384        $ 2,002        $ 66,472      $ 108,236      $ 189,094
                                           ========        =======        ========      =========      =========

   Weighted Average Yield                       7.01%        6.32%           6.19%          5.93%          6.09%
                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------



Held-to-maturity securities:

   Obligations of U.S. Government agencies  $ 1,000              -             -        $ 30,770        $ 31,770
                                             ------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total securities at amortized cost       1,000              -             -          30,770          31,770
                                              =====        =======         ======         ======          ======

     Total securities at fair value         $ 1,001              -             -        $ 31,071       $ 32,072
                                             ======        =======          ======         ======         ======
   Weighted Average Yield                    5.26%               -             -            6.84%          6.79%
                                             -------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>




Expected  maturities will differ from contractual  maturities  because borrowers
may have  the  right  to call or  prepay  obligations  with or  without  call or
prepayment  penalties.  Weighted  average  yields  are based on  amortized  cost
including municipal securities which are not reported on a tax-equivalent basis.

Proceeds  from  sales of  securities  available  for sale  during the year ended
September 30, 1998 were $6,855,000  resulting in gross realized gains of $70,003
and gross realized losses of $7,680. Proceeds from sales of securities available
for sale during the year ended September 30, 1997 were $26,530,000  resulting in
gross realized gains of $63,251 and gross realized losses of $626,366.  The Bank
did not sell any securities during the year ended September 30, 1996.

Securities,  carried at approximately  $43,869,093,  at September 30, 1998, were
pledged to secure public deposits as required by law.

Accrued interest receivable on securities amounted to $2,566,602 and $821,363 at
September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

On July 1, 1998, the Bank transferred certain held-to-maturity 
                                    Page 33
<PAGE>

securities to the available-for-sale investment portfolio. The amortized cost of
the  securities was  approximately  $56,203,333  with an unrealized  gain net of
taxes of approximately  $597,053. This transfer was in accordance with a special
reassessment  provision  contained  within  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standard No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,"
which was adopted by the Bank as of July 1, 1998.

The unamortized premiums on mortgage-related securities amounted to $584,978 and
$339,472 as of September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  The unearned discount
on  mortgage-related  securities amounted to $92,255 and $93,353 as of September
30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
                                  
<PAGE>
4.    Loans

 Loans are summarized as follows:

                                               At September 30,

                                               1998        1997
Real Estate loans:
   One-to four-family                      $ 176,924    $ 179,101
   Multi-family and commercial                11,938        6,701
   Construction                                3,759        5,818
                                           ---------    ---------
Total real estate loans                      192,621      191,620
                                           ---------    ---------

Consumer Loans:
   Home equity loans and lines of credit      52,244       41,278
   Automobile                                 24,589       13,678
   Education                                   2,351        2,348
   Unsecured lines of credit                   1,589        1,310
   Other                                       3,423        3,229
                                           ---------    ---------
Total consumer loans                          84,196       61,843
                                           ---------    ---------
Commercial loans                               9,742       10,775
                                           ---------    ---------
Total loans                                  286,559      264,238
     Less:
     Allowances for loan losses               (2,273)      (1,272)
     Deferred loan origination fees           (1,580)      (1,497)
                                           ---------    ---------
Total loans, net                           $ 282,706    $ 261,469
                                           =========    =========

Accrued  interest  receivable on loans amounted to $1,431,055 and $ 1,347,982 at
September 30, 1998, and 1997, respectively.

Impaired loans and the related specific loan loss allowances were as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          September 30,

                                          1998                                                     1997
                                          -------------------------------------------------------- ----

                                             Allowance                                            Allowance
                                  Recorded      for          Net                     Recorded         for           Net
                                 Investments   Losses     Investments               Investments     Losses       Investments

<S>                                <C>         <C>          <C>                       <C>          <C>            <C>



Non-accrual loans:
     With specific allowances     $1,095       $  329       $  766                     $  290       $   68         $  222


Other impaired loans:
     With specific allowances     $  313       $  159       $  154                     $  187       $  108         $   79
                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  $1,408       $  488       $  920                     $  477       $  176         $  301
                                   =====       ======       ======                     ======       ======         ======

</TABLE>

The  average  net  recorded  investment  in  impaired  loans for the years ended
September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996,  respectively,  was $898,266  $577,951,  and
$515,707. The related amount of interest income recognized on impaired loans was
$73,000,  $39,000, and $19,000 for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997, and
1996, respectively. 

Non-accrual loans totaled  $1,239,000,  $774,000,  and $716,000 at September 30,
1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively.  Loans in non-accrual status as of September
30, 1998,  1997 and 1996 had interest due but not  recognized  of  approximately
$58,000,  $33,000, and $16,000,  respectively.  The amount of interest income on
these loans that was  included in net income in fiscal year 1998,  1997 and 1996
was $55,000,  $53,000 and $38,000,  respectively.  There were $0 and $112,000 in
troubled debt restructuring loans at September 30, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.
The Bank has no commitments to lend  additional  funds to borrowers  whose loans
were classified as non-performing or troubled debt restructuring.

                                    Page 34
<PAGE>


The activity in the allowance for loan losses was as follows:

                                       September 30,

                                1998         1997       1996
                            -------------------------------

Balance, beginning            $ 1,272    $   730    $   724
Provision charged to income     1,059        651         97
Charge-offs                       (76)      (132)       (94)
Recoveries                         18         23          3
                              -------    -------    -------

Balance, ending               $ 2,273    $ 1,272    $   730
                              =======    =======    =======

At September 30, 1998,  1997,  and 1996,  the Bank serviced  loans for others of
$15,805,965,  $14,197,000,  and  $16,186,000,  respectively.  Loans  serviced by
others for the Bank as of September 30, 1998,  1997, and 1996 were:  $5,960,235,
$7,721,000, and $9,968,000, respectively.

An analysis of the activity of loans to directors and  executive  officers is as
follows (in thousands):

                                                 September 30, 1998

Balance, beginning of year                             $ 724
     New loans and line of credit advances               135
     Repayments                                          (54)
                                                         ---
Balance, end of year                                   $ 805
                                                        ====



5. Office Properties and Equipment

Properties and equipment by major  classification  are summarized as follows (in
thousands):

                                                 1998                       1997
                                                 -------------------------------

Land                                          $   854                    $   854
Buildings and improvements                      8,174                      6,550
Furniture, fixtures and equipment               4,928                      3,695
Leasehold improvements                            694                      1,095
Renovations in progress                            --                        208
                                                --------------------------------

Total                                          14,650                     12,402

Less accumulated depreciation                   6,002                      5,640
                                                --------------------------------

Net                                            $8,648                     $6,762
                                               ======                     ======

The Bank has entered into operating leases for several of its branch facilities.
The minimum annual rental payments under these leases at September 30, 1998, are
as follows (in thousands):

      Years ending September 30,

          1999             $256
          2000              199
          2001              169
          2002               97
          2003               87
          2004 and after     51
                            ----
Total                      $859
                            ====

Rent expense was $263,000, $261,000, and $263,000, for the years ended September
30, 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively.

                                    Page 35

<PAGE>


6. Deposits

Deposits consist of the following major classifications (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     At September 30,

                                                    1998                                                  1997
                                                     

                                  Weighted                           Percent          Weighted                           Percent
                                  Average                               of             Average                              of
                                   Rate              Amount           Total             Rate            Amount             Total
<S>                               <C>               <C>               <C>              <C>             <C>                 <C>

Savings accounts
(passbook, statement, clubs)       2.26%           $69,956            21.6%             2.43%          $71,779             22.8%
Money market accounts              3.12%            16,368             5.0%             3.49%           13,821              4.4%
Certificates of deposit
less than $100,000                 5.45%           163,318            50.5%             5.50%          161,844             51.5%
Certificates of deposit
greater than $100,000 (A)          5.45%            32,750            10.1%                 -           30,892              9.9%
NOW Accounts                       1.24%            31,182             9.6%             1.49%           27,302              8.7%
Non-interest bearing deposits         -             10,431             3.2%                 -            8,485              2.7%
                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total deposits at end of period    4.05%          $324,005             100%             4.20%         $314,123              100%
                                   =====           =======             ====             =====          =======              ====

</TABLE>


(A) Deposit balances in excess of $100,000 are not federally insured.


The certificates of deposit  frequently are renewed at maturity rather than paid
out; a summary of certificates by contractual  maturity at September 30, 1998 is
as follows (in thousands):

                Years ending September 30,

                                     Amount

               1999                  $131,209
               2000                    50,826
               2001                     7,328
               2002                     2,268
               2003                     4,437
               2004 and thereafter          0
                                     --------
Total                                $196,068
                                     ========


Interest expense on deposits is comprised of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                              Years ended September 30,

                                                 1998                  1997                  1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>               <C>                   <C>   


Savings accounts                              $ 1,607               $ 1,765               $ 1,871
Money market accounts                             417                   399                   371
Certificates less than $100,000                 9,139                10,120*                9,549*
Certificates greater than $100,000              1,180
NOW Accounts                                      372                   415                   404
                                                  -----------------------------------------------

Total                                         $12,715               $12,699              $12,195
                                               ======                ======               ======
</TABLE>

* Information  regarding interest expense on certificates of deposit of $100,000
or greater was not available prior to June 1997.

<PAGE>
7. Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

Under  terms of its  collateral  agreement  with the  Federal  Home Loan Bank of
Pittsburgh ("FHLB"), the Bank maintains otherwise unencumbered qualifying assets
(principally  1-4 family  residential  mortgage  loans and U.S.  Government  and
Agency notes and bonds) in the amount of at least as much as its  advances  from
the FHLB.  The Bank's FHLB stock is also  pledged to secure these  advances.  At
September 30, 1998 and 1997, such advances mature as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Due by September 30,               Weighted Average Rate               September 30, 1998
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              <S>                                  <C>                              <C>    

              1999                                 5.58%                            $ 26,000
              2000                                 5.17%                               5,000
              2001                                 5.43%                               5,000
              2002                                 5.56%                              25,000
              2003                                    -                                   -
              Thereafter                           5.03%                              45,498
                                                   -----------------------------------------

              Total FHLB advances                  5.31%                            $106,498
                                                   =====                             =======
                                    Page 36
<PAGE>

         Due by September 30,               Weighted Average Rate               September 30, 1997
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

              1998                                 5.45%                              $8,000
              1999                                    -                                    -
              2000                                    -                                    -
              2001                                 5.49%                               5,000
              2002                                 5.69%                              10,000
              Thereafter                           2.53%                                 516
                                                   -----------------------------------------

              Total FHLB advances                  5.50%                             $23,516
                                                   =====                              ======

</TABLE>

The Bank has included in the preceding table annually  renewable lines of credit
totaling $72,426,000.  The Bank, from time to time, has used the lines of credit
to  meet  liquidity  needs.  At  September  30,  1998  and  1997,  the  balances
outstanding on the lines of credit were  $26,000,000  and $0  respectively  with
interest rates at the overnight FHLB borrowing rate which was 5.58% at September
30, 1998.

The Bank has utilized advances from the FHLB which have callable  features.  The
advances  have a fixed rate for a specified  period of time after which the FHLB
can, at its option,  convert the advance to a variable  rate.  The Bank,  at the
same time can repay the advance penalty free.

8. Income Taxes

The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, enacted August 20, 1996, provides
for the repeal of the tax bad debt  deduction  computed  under the percentage of
taxable income method. The repeal of the use of this method is effective for tax
years  beginning  after December 31, 1995.  Prior to the change in law, the Bank
had qualified  under the provisions of the Internal  Revenue  Service Code which
permitted it to deduct from taxable  income an allowance  for bad debts based on
8% of taxable income.

Upon  repeal,  the Bank is required to recapture  into  income,  over a six year
period,  the  portion  of its tax bad debt  reserves  that  exceed its base year
reserves (i.e., tax reserves for tax years beginning before 1988). The base year
tax reserves, which may be subject to recapture if the Bank ceases to qualify as
a bank for federal income tax purposes,  are restricted  with respect to certain
distributions. The Bank's total tax bad debt reserves at September 30, 1998, are
approximately  $8.9  million,  of which $8.3  million  represents  the base year
amount and $527,000 is subject to recapture.  The Bank has previously recorded a
deferred  tax  liability  for  the  amount  to be  recaptured;  therefore,  this
recapture will not impact the statement of income.

The  provision   (benefit)  for  income  taxes  is  summarized  as  follows  (in
thousands):

                                                Year ended September 30,

                                        1998               1997           1996
                                        ----------------------------------------

Current:
     Federal                            $ 1,434         $ 1,105         $   147
     State                                  136              84            (291)
Deferred - Federal                       (1,929)           (441)            156
                                         -------         -------         -------

Total                                   $  (359)        $   748         $    12
                                        =======         =======         =======

<PAGE>


The provision  (benefit) for income taxes differs from the statutory rate due to
the following (in thousands):

                                                     Year ended September 30,

                                                   1998       1997         1996
                                        ---------------------------------------


Federal income tax (benefit) at
statutory rate                                    $(138)      $ 724       $ 324
Tax exempt interest, net                           (409)       (102)        (51)
State taxes, net of Federal benefit                  90          56        (192)
Excess ESOP compensation expense                     42          --          --
Other, net                                           56          70         (69)
                                                  -----       -----       -----

Total                                             $(359)      $ 748       $  12
                                                  =====       =====       =====


The  components  of the net  deferred tax  liability  (asset) are as follows (in
thousands):

                                                                  September 30,
                                                                1998       1997
Deferred tax assets:
         Loan fees and costs                                 $  (201)   $  (261)
         ESOP funding difference                                (117)        --
         Deferred compensation                                  (154)      (127)
         Foreclosed asset writedowns                             (15)       (14)
         Provision for abandoned assets                          (59)       (59)
         Depreciation                                             --         (5)
         Accrued hospitalization                                 (40)       (33)
         Charitable contributions                             (1,532)       (15)
         Book bad debt reserves - loans                         (856)      (516)
                                                             -------    -------

                                                             $(2,974)   $(1,030)
                                                             =======    =======

                                    Page 37
<PAGE>

Deferred tax liabilities:
         Depreciation                                        $    36         --
         Accretion                                                15         26
         Unrealized holding gains on
           available-for-sale securities                       1,813        914
         Tax bad debt reserves in excess of base year            179        215
         Title Plant                                              26          -
                                                             -------    -------
         Gross deferred tax liabilities                      $ 2,069    $ 1,155
                                                             -------    -------

              Net deferred tax liability (asset)             $  (905)   $   125
                                                             =======    =======


9. Financial Instruments
The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the
normal  course of business to meet the  financing  needs of its customers and to
reduce its own  exposure to  fluctuations  in  interest  rates.  Commitments  to
originate  loans  amounted to $4.3 million as of September  30, 1998, of which $
1.74  million  was for  variable-rate  loans.  The  balance  of the  commitments
represent  fixed-rate loans with interest rates ranging from 6.125% to 8.75%. In
addition,  September 30, 1998, the Company had undisbursed  loans in process for
construction  loans of $4.0 million and $18.5  million in  undisbursed  lines of
credit.  These  instruments  involve,  to varying  degrees,  elements of credit,
interest  rate or  liquidity  risk in excess  of the  amount  recognized  in the
balance sheet. The contract or notional amounts of these commitments reflect the
extent of  involvement  the  Company  has in  particular  classes  of  financial
instruments.

The Company's exposure to credit loss from  nonperformance by the other party to
the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit is represented by the
contractual  amount  of those  instruments.  The  Company  uses the same  credit
policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

Commitments  to  extend  credit  are  legally  binding  agreements  to  lend  to
customers.   Commitments   generally  have  fixed   expiration  dates  or  other
termination  clauses  and  may  require  payment  of  fees.  Since  many  of the
commitments  are  expected  to  expire  without  being  drawn  upon,  the  total
commitment amounts do not necessarily  represent future liquidity  requirements.
The Company evaluates each customer's credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis.
The  amount of  collateral  obtained,  if deemed  necessary  by the  Company  on
extensions  of  credit,  is  based  on  management's  credit  assessment  of the
counterparty.  At September 30, 1998, the Company  expects all commitments to be
funded within 60 days.           
<PAGE>

The  Company is required to  disclose  estimated  fair values for its  financial
instruments. The following describes various limitations and assumptions related
to such fair value disclosures.

Limitations.  Estimates of fair value are made at a specific point in time based
upon,  where  available,  relevant  market  prices  and  information  about  the
financial instrument. Such estimates do not include any premium or discount that
could result from offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of
a particular  financial  instrument.  For a substantial portion of the Company's
financial  instruments,  no quoted market exists.  Therefore,  estimates of fair
value are  necessarily  based on a number of  significant  assumptions  (many of
which  involve  events  outside the  control of  management).  Such  assumptions
include assessments of current economic  conditions,  perceived risks associated
with these financial instruments and their counterparties,  future expected loss
experience,  and  other  factors.  Given  the  uncertainties  surrounding  these
assumptions,  the reported fair values  represent  estimates only, and therefore
cannot  be  compared  to the  historical  accounting  model.  Use  of  different
assumptions or  methodologies  are likely to result in  significantly  different
fair value estimates.  The estimated fair values  presented  neither include nor
give  effect to the  values  associated  with the  Company's  banking,  or other
businesses,  existing customer relationships,  extensive branch banking network,
property,  equipment,  goodwill,  or  certain  tax  implications  related to the
realization of unrealized gains or losses.  Also, the fair value of non-interest
bearing  demand  deposits,  savings,  and NOW accounts and money market  deposit
accounts is equal to the carrying  amount  because these deposits have no stated
maturity.  Obviously,  this  approach  to  estimating  fair value  excludes  the
significant  benefit that results  from the  low-cost  funding  provided by such
deposit  liabilities,  as  compared  to  alternative  sources of  funding.  As a
consequence,  the fair value of  individual  assets and  liabilities  may not be
reflective of the fair value of a banking organization that is a going concern.

The following  methods and  assumptions  were used to estimate the fair value of
each major  classification  of financial  instruments  at September 30, 1998 and
1997.

Cash and cash equivalents.  Current carrying amounts approximate  estimated fair
value.

Securities. Current quoted market prices were used to determine fair value.

Loans. Fair values were estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial
characteristics.  Loans were  segregated  by type,  and each loan  category  was
further  segmented by fixed and  adjustable-rate  interest terms.  The estimated
fair value of the segregated portfolios was calculated by discounting cash flows
through the estimated  maturity using  estimated  prepayment  speeds while using
estimated  market  discount  rates that reflect  credit and  interest  rate risk
inherent in the loans. The estimate of the maturities and prepayment  speeds was
based on the Company's historical  experience.  Cash flows were discounted using
market rates adjusted for portfolio differences.

Accrued interest receivable. Current carrying amounts approximate estimated fair
value.

Deposits with no stated maturity. Current carrying amounts approximate estimated
fair value.

Certificates  of  deposit.   Fair  values  were  estimated  by  discounting  the
contractual  cash flows using  current  market  rates  offered in the  Company's
market area for deposits with comparable terms and maturities.

Federal Home Loan Bank  Advances.  The fair value of  borrowings  was  estimated
using rates  currently  available to the Company for debt with similar terms and
remaining maturities.
                                    Page 38
<PAGE>
Other borrowings. Current carrying amounts approximate estimated fair value.

Accrued interest payable.  Current carrying amounts  approximate  estimated fair
value.

Commitments  to extend  credit.  The majority of the  Company's  commitments  to
extend credit carry current market interest rates if converted to loans. Because
commitments to extend credit are generally unassignable by either the Company or
the  borrower,  they only have value to the Company and the  borrower.  The fair
value of  commitments  to extend  credit is estimated  using the fees  currently
charged to enter into  similar  agreements,  taking into  account the  remaining
terms  of the  agreements  and the  present  credit  worthiness  of the  counter
parties.

<PAGE>
The  carrying  amounts  and  estimated  fair values of the  Company's  financial
instruments were as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 At September 30,

                                                                      1998                            1997
                                        

                                                            Carrying       Estimated        Carrying        Estimated
                                                             Amount        Fair Value        Amount         Fair Value
<S>                                                      <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>   

Financial Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents                                $   3,053        $  3,053          $13,214         $13,214
Securities available-for-sale                              189,094         189,094           44,773          44,773
Securities held-to-maturity                                 31,770          32,072           38,925          38,869
Loans                                                      282,706         292,220          261,469         261,445
Accrued interest receivable                                  3,998           3,998            2,169           2,169

Financial Liabilities:

Deposits with no stated maturity which
consist of savings, money market, NOW
and non-interest bearing deposits                         $127,937        $127,937         $121,386        $121,386
Certificates of deposit                                    196,068         196,534          192,736         191,328
Federal Home Loan Bank advances                            106,498         109,373           23,516          23,431
Other borrowings                                               825             825               92              92
Accrued interest payable                                     1,028           1,028              745             745

                                                          Contractual       Estimated      Contractual      Estimated
                                                             Amount        Fair Value        Amount         Fair Value
Off balance sheet assets (liabilities):
Loan commitments                                            $8,335             $12           $9,141            $137
Consumer lines of credit                                    14,189               -           13,028               -
Commercial lines of credit                                   4,313               8            3,240               6

</TABLE>

10. Regulatory Matters
The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital  requirements  administered by
federal  banking  agencies.  Failure to meet minimum  capital  requirements  can
initiate certain mandatory - and possible additional  discretionary - actions by
regulators  that,  if  undertaken,  could have a direct  material  effect on the
Bank's  financial   statements.   Under  capital  adequacy  guidelines  and  the
regulatory  framework for prompt corrective  action, the Bank must meet specific
capital  guidelines  that involve  quantitative  measures of the Bank's  assets,
liabilities,  and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory
accounting  practices.  The Bank's capital amounts and  classification  are also
subject to  qualitative  judgments  by the  regulators  about  components,  risk
weightings,  and other factors.  Quantitative measures established by regulation
to ensure  capital  adequacy  require the Bank to maintain  minimum  amounts and
ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in
the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital and
tangible capital (as defined) to total assets (as defined). Management believes,
as of September 30, 1998, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy  requirements
to which it is subject.  As of September 30, 1998, the most recent  notification
from the Office of Thrift  Supervision  categorized the Bank as well capitalized
under the regulatory  framework for prompt corrective  action. To be categorized
as well  capitalized  the Bank must maintain  minimum ratios as set forth in the
table below.  There are no  conditions  or events since that  notification  that
management believes have changed the institution's category.

                                    Page 39

<PAGE>


The Bank's actual capital  amounts and ratios at September 30, 1998 and 1997 are
also presented in the following table (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      As of September 30, 1998

                                                                                        To be Well Capitalized
                                                                   For Capital          under prompt corrective
                                              Actual            Adequacy Purposes          Action Provisions

                                       Amount      Ratio(1)    Amount         Ratio(1)    Amount       Ratio(1)
<S>                                   <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>

Risk-based Capital
(Total Capital to risk weighted 
   assets)                           $57,293         22.8%      $20,094        >8.0%      $25,117       >10.0%

Tier I Capital
(to risk weighted assets)             55,020         21.9%       10,047        >4.0%       15,070        >6.0%

Core Capital
(Tier I Capital to total assets)      55,020         11.2%       14,736        >3.0%       24,560        >5.0%

Tangible Capital
(Tier I Capital to total assets)      55,020         11.2%        7,368        >1.5%          N/A          N/A


                                                      As of September 30, 1997

Risk-based Capital
(Total Capital to risk weighted 
   assets)                           $28,527         14.4%      $15,845        >8.0%      $19,806       >10.0%

Tier I Capital
(to risk weighted assets)             27,255         13.8%        7,922        >4.0%       11,883        >6.0%

Core Capital
(Tier I Capital to total assets)      27,255          7.4%       11,077        >3.0%       18,462        >5.0%

Tangible Capital
(Tier I Capital to total assets)      27,255          7.4%        5,539        >1.5%          N/A          N/A
<FN>


(1)Tangible  and core capital are  completed as a percentage  of total assets of
   $491 million and $369 million at September  30, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.
   Risk-based  capital and Tier I capital is computed as a  percentage  of total
   risk-weighted  assets of $251 million and $198 million at September  30, 1998
   and 1997, respectively.
</FN>
</TABLE>

11.  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

On September 30, 1996, legislation was enacted to bring the funding level of the
Savings  Association  Insurance Fund (of which the Bank is a member) of the FDIC
to the same level as the Bank  Insurance  Fund of the FDIC.  As a result of that
legislation,  the Bank  accrued a single  premium  payment of  $1,744,291  as of
September 30, 1996. The impact of this single premium payment,  net of estimated
federal and state  taxes on 1996 net income was  approximately  $1,047,000.  The
single  premium  payment was assessed at 65.7 basis points of the March 31, 1995
deposit  base f the Bank.  With the  enactment of the  legislation,  the regular
assessment  rate for the fourth  quarter,  October 1 to December 31,  1996,  was
lowered  retroactively  from 23 to 18 basis points.  Beginning  January 1, 1997,
annual premium  assessments  further decreased to an annual premium level of 6.4
basis points.

12. Employee Benefit Plans

Defined Benefit Plan
The Company  participates  in a  multiple-employer  defined benefit pension plan
covering all employees meeting eligibility requirements of being at least age 21
with one year of service with the Bank. Because of the multiple-employer  nature
of the plan,  information  regarding the Company's  portion of present values of
vested and nonvested benefits is not available.  The plan is fully funded and no
contributions  were required during the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and
1996.

401K Plan
Effective  March 7,  1994,  the  Bank  implemented  a  Section  401(k)  defined
contribution plan which covers  substantially all of its employees.  The Company
made  contributions to this plan of approximately  $88,000,  $83,000 and $77,000
for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
<PAGE>

Employee Stock Ownership Plan
Effective  April 1, 1998, the Company  adopted an Employee Stock  Ownership Plan
("ESOP").  The Plan is  designed to provide  retirement  benefits  for  eligible
employees.  Because the Plan invests in the stock of the  Company,  it will also
give eligible  employees an opportunity to acquire an ownership  interest in the
Company.  Employees are eligible to  participate  in the Plan after reaching age
twenty-one,  and completing six months of service.  Benefits  become 100% vested
after five years, with a 20% vesting occuring each year.

The ESOP  purchased  8% or  514,188  shares of the  common  stock  issued in the
Conversion. The ESOP borrowed 100% of the aggregate purchase price of the Common
Stock,  or $5,141,880,  from the Company.  The loan has a 10 year term,  with an
annual interest rate of prime (8.50%,  at September 30, 1998) and will be repaid
principally from the Company's contributions to the ESOP. The Company recognized
$476,000 in  compensation  and benefit  expense related to the ESOP for the year
ended September 30, 1998.

                                    Page 40
<PAGE>
Shares  purchased by the ESOP will  initially be pledged as  collateral  for the
loan and will be held in a suspense  account until released for allocation among
participants as the loan is repaid. The pledged shares will be released annually
from the suspense account in an amount proportional to the repayment of the ESOP
loan for each  plan  year.  The  released  shares  will be  allocated  among the
accounts of participants on the basis of the participant's  compensation for the
year of allocation.

In fiscal 1998, a total of 34,278 shares have been committed to be released.

13.   Related Party Transactions

The Company  retains a law firm, in which the Chairman of the Company's Board of
Directors also is a partner, that provides general legal counsel to the Company.
The Company  paid legal fees to this law firm of $29,173,  $49,859,  and $41,197
for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively.

14. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In  September  1997,  the FASB  issued SFAS No.  130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income." This statement  establishes  standards for the reporting and display of
comprehensive  income  and  its  components  in a full  set  of  general-purpose
financial statements.  SFAS No. 130 requires that all items that are required to
be recognized as components of  comprehensive  income be reported in a financial
statement  that is  displayed  with  the  same  prominence  as  other  financial
statements.  The statement does not require a specific format for that financial
statement but requires that an enterprise  display an amount  representing total
comprehensive income for the period in that financial statement. SFAS No. 130 is
effective for fiscal years  beginning  after December 15, 1997.  Currently,  the
comprehensive  income of the Company would  consist  primarily of net income and
unrealized  holding  gains and  losses  on  available-for-sale  securities.  The
Company  will  make the  appropriate  disclosures  in the  applicable  financial
statements as required.

In September 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosures About Segments of
an Enterprise and Related  Information." SFAS No. 131 establishes  standards for
the way that public  business  enterprises  report  information  about operating
segments in annual  financial  statements  and requires  that those  enterprises
report  selected  information  about  operating  segments  in interim  financial
reports  issued to  shareholders.  It also  establishes  standards  for  related
disclosures about products and services,  geographic areas, and major customers.
SFAS No. 131 is effective for financial  statements for periods  beginning after
December 15, 1997. Management has not yet determined the impact, if any, of this
statement on the Company.

In February 1998,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 132  "Employer's  Disclosures  About
Pensions and Other Post Retirement  Benefits." This Statement revises employers'
disclosures about pension and other  post-retirement  benefit plans. It does not
change the  measurement  or  recognition  of those plans.  It  standardizes  the
disclosure  requirements for pensions and other post-retirement  benefits to the
extent practicable,  requires  additional  information on changes in the benefit
obligations  and fair  values  of plan  assets  that will  facilitate  financial
analysis,  and eliminates certain  disclosures that are no longer useful as they
were when "FASB Statements No. 87, Employers'  Accounting for Pensions,  No. 88,
Employers'  Accounting  for  Settlements  and  Curtailments  of Defined  Benefit
Pension Plans and for Termination  Benefits,  and No. 106, Employers' Accounting
for  Post-retirement  Benefits Other Than Pensions," were issued. This statement
requires  changes in disclosures  and would not affect the financial  condition,
equity or operating results of the Company.  This Statement is effective for the
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.

In June 1998,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued SFAS No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging  Activities." This statement
establishes  accounting  and  reporting  standards for  derivative  instruments,
including   certain   derivative   instruments   embedded  in  other  contracts,
(collectively  referred  to as  derivatives)  and  for  hedging  activities.  It
requires  that  an  entity   recognize  all  derivatives  as  either  assets  or
liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those instruments
at fair value.  The  accounting  for  changes in the fair value of a  derivative
depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation.  If
certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as (a) a
hedge of the  exposure  to changes in the fair  value of a  recognized  asset or
liability or an  unrecognized  firm  commitment,  (b) a hedge of the exposure to
variable  cash  flows of a  forecasted  transaction,  or (c) a hedge of  certain
foreign currency  exposures.  This statement  becomes effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1998.  Earlier  adoption is permitted.  The Company
adopted SFAS 133 in its fourth fiscal  quarter of 1998,  including its provision
for the potential reclassification of investments,  resulting in a $56.2 million
transfer  of  securities  from  held-to-maturity  to  available-for-sale  and an
increase  of  $597,000  of  unrealized   gains,  net  of  taxes,  on  securities
available-for-sale.  The  adoption of this  statement  did not affect  operating
results of the Company.
<PAGE>
In  October  1998,  the  FASB  issued   Statement  No.  134,   "Accounting   for
Mortgage-backed  Securities  Retained after the Securitization of Mortgage Loans
Held for Sale by a Mortgage Banking  Enterprise".  This Statement  requires that
after the  securitization of a mortgage loan held for sale, an entity engaged in
mortgage banking  activities  classify any retained  mortgage-backed  securities
based on the ability and intent to sell or hold those investments, except that a
mortgage   banking   enterprise   must   classify   as  trading   any   retained
mortgage-backed  securities  that  it  commits  to sell  before  or  during  the
securitization process. This Statement is effective for the first fiscal quarter
beginning after January 30, 1999 with earlier adoption permitted. This Statement
provides a one-time  opportunity  for an enterprise to reclassify,  based on the
ability and intent on the date of adoption  of this  Statement,  mortgage-backed
securities  and other  beneficial  interests  retained after  securitization  of
mortgage  loans held for sale form the trading  category,  except for those with
commitments in place. The Company has not yet determined the impact,  if any, of
this  Statement,  including,  if  applicable,  its  provisions for the potential
reclassifications  of  certain  investment  securities,  on  earning,  financial
condition or equity.

15.  Subsequent Events

On October 21, 1998, at a special  meeting of the  shareholders  of the Company,
the  shareholders  approved  stock-based  incentive  plans  which grant up to 4%
(257,094) of total shares  outstanding as stock awards,  and up to 10% (642,735)
of total shares outstanding as stock options to eligible directors, officers and
employees.
                                    Page 41
<PAGE>

Independent Auditors' Report



To The Board of Directors
Northeast Pennsylvania Financial Corp.
Hazleton, Pennsylvania:

    We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  financial
condition  of Northeast  Pennsylvania  Financial  Corp.  and  subsidiaries  (the
"Company")  as of  September  30, 1998 and 1997,  and the  related  consolidated
statements of operations,  changes in equity,  and cash flows for the years then
ended.  These  consolidated  financial  statements are the responsibility of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
consolidated   financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.  The  accompanying
consolidated  financial  statements of the Company for the year ended  September
30, 1996,  were audited by other auditors whose report thereon dated November 7,
1996, expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements.

    We conducted  our audits in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion, the 1998 and 1997 consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the
Company as of September 30, 1998 and 1997, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.

         As  discussed  in  Notes  3  and  14  to  the  consolidated   financial
statements,  the Company adopted Statement of Financial  Accounting Standard No.
133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as of July 1,
1998.


                                           /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
October 21,1998
                                    Page 42


                         Independent Auditors' Consent

     We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements
(nos. 333-58395 and 333-68219) on Form S-8 of Northeast  Pennsylvania  Financial
Corp.  of our report  dated  October  21,  1998,  relating  to the  consolidated
statements of financial condition of Northeast  Pennsylvania Financial Corp. and
subsidiaries  as of September  30, 1998 and 1997,  and the related  consolidated
statements of operations,  changes in equity,  and cash flows for the years then
ended, which report appears in the September 30, 1998 annual report on Form 10-K
of Northeast Pennsylvania Financial Corp.

KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP
/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
December 28, 1998

PARENTE RANDOLPH ORLANDO CAREY & ASSOCIATES
CONSULTANTS & ACCOUNTANTS

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

     We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements
(nos. 333-58395 and 333-68219) on Form S-8 of Northeast  Pennsylvania  Financial
Corp.  of our report  dated  November  7,  1996,  relating  to the  consolidated
statements of income,  changes in equity and cash flows of First Federal Savings
and Loan  Association of Hazleton and  subsidiaries for the year ended September
30, 1996, which report is referred to in the September 30, 1998 annual report on
Form 10-K of Northeast Pennsylvania Financial Corp.


               /s/ Parente, Randolph, Orlando, Carey & Associates

Hazleton, Pennsylvania
December 28, 1998

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            9
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial  information  extracted from the Annual
Report  to  Shareholders  as  incorporated  by  reference  into  this  10Kand is
qualified  in its  entirety by  reference  to the audited  financial  statements
contained herein.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                    0001050996                      
<NAME>                   Northeast Pennsylvania Financial Corp.    
<MULTIPLIER>                        1,000
<CURRENCY>                   U.S. Dollars
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                        Year
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                SEP-30-1998
<PERIOD-START>                   OCT-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                     SEP-30-1998
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                         1
<CASH>                              1,188
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>              1,865
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                        0
<TRADING-ASSETS>                        0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>       189,094
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>             31,770
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>               32,072
<LOANS>                           282,706
<ALLOWANCE>                         2,273
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                    522,268
<DEPOSITS>                        324,005
<SHORT-TERM>                          825
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                 3,506
<LONG-TERM>                       106,498
                   0
                             0
<COMMON>                               64
<OTHER-SE>                         87,370
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>    522,268
<INTEREST-LOAN>                    21,650
<INTEREST-INVEST>                   5,572
<INTEREST-OTHER>                    3,320
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                   30,542
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                 12,715
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                 15,566
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>              14,976
<LOAN-LOSSES>                       1,059
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                     62
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                    15,230
<INCOME-PRETAX>                      (406)
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>           (406)
<EXTRAORDINARY>                         0
<CHANGES>                               0
<NET-INCOME>                          (47)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                        (.20)
<EPS-DILUTED>                        (.20)
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                       7.45
<LOANS-NON>                         1,239
<LOANS-PAST>                            0
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                        0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                         0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                    1,272
<CHARGE-OFFS>                          76
<RECOVERIES>                           18
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                   2,273  <F1> 
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                1,594
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                     0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>               679  <F2>
<FN>
1.   Allowance  for loan  loss at end of  period  includes  an  increase  in the
     allowance through the provision for loan losses.

2.   All unallocated is for domestic loans.
</FN>

        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission